SCHOOL SPECIALTY INC
S-1/A, 1998-05-08
DEPARTMENT STORES
Previous: INTERCEPT GROUP INC, S-1/A, 1998-05-08
Next: SOUTHERN HERITAGE BANCORP, 424B3, 1998-05-08



<PAGE>
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 8, 1998
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-47509
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
 
   
                                       TO
    
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                                   <C>
              DELAWARE                                5112                               52-2080520
  (State or other jurisdiction of         (Primary Standard Industrial                (I.R.S. Employer
   incorporation or organization)         Classification Code Number)              Identification Number)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                           1000 NORTH BLUEMOUND DRIVE
                           APPLETON, WISCONSIN 54914
                                 (920) 734-2756
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                               DANIEL P. SPALDING
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
                           1000 NORTH BLUEMOUND DRIVE
                           APPLETON, WISCONSIN 54914
                                 (920) 734-2756
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                         ------------------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                                         COPIES TO:
           GEORGE P. STAMAS, ESQ.                        EDWIN D. WILLIAMSON, ESQ.
         WILMER, CUTLER & PICKERING                         SULLIVAN & CROMWELL
             2445 M STREET, N.W.                      1701 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, N.W.
           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20037                         WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
        TELEPHONE NO. (202) 663-6000                   TELEPHONE NO. (202) 956-7500
        FACSIMILE NO. (202) 663-6363                   FACSIMILE NO. (202) 293-6330
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC: As soon as possible after the effective date of this Registration
Statement.
    
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
                    SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 8, 1998
    
                                           SHARES
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>           <C>                                <C>
     [LOGO]        SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                          (PAR VALUE $.001 PER SHARE)
 
                               ------------------
 
   
    In addition to the    shares being offered, School Specialty is selling
      shares directly to Daniel P. Spalding, the Chairman of the Board and its
Chief Executive Officer, David J. Vander Zanden, its President and Chief
Operating Officer, and Donald Ray Pate, Jr., its Executive Vice President for
Re-Print. The Underwriters will not participate in, or receive any discount or
commission on, the sale of the Common Stock to these officers.
    
 
   
    All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by the
Company. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering
price per share will be between $  and $  . For factors to be considered in
determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting".
    
 
   
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 6 FOR CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT TO AN
INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.
    
 
    Application has been made for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "ABCZ".
 
                               ------------------
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
    AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
            PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
           ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             INITIAL PUBLIC       UNDERWRITING        PROCEEDS TO
                                                             OFFERING PRICE       DISCOUNT(1)          COMPANY(2)
                                                           ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                        <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Per Share................................................          $                   $                            $
Total(3).................................................          $                   $                            $
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
    liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
    
 
   
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $      payable by the Company.
    Proceeds to the Company does not include proceeds of $      to be received
    from the direct sale by School Specialty of       shares to Messrs.
    Spalding, Vander Zanden and Pate at $    per share, the initial public
    offering price less the underwriting discount.
    
 
   
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters an option for 30 days to purchase
    up to an additional    shares at the initial public offering price per
    share, less the underwriting discount, solely to cover over-allotments. If
    such option is exercised in full, the total initial public offering price,
    underwriting discount and proceeds to Company will be $      , $      , and
    $      , respectively. See "Underwriting".
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
    The shares offered hereby are offered serverally by the Underwriters, as
specified herein, subject to receipt and acceptances by them and subject to
their right to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that
certificates for the shares will be ready for delivery in New York, New York, on
or about June  , 1998, against payment therefor in immediately available funds.
    
 
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
                 NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
 
                                  SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
 
                                                   PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1998.
    
<PAGE>
                                PICTURES TO COME
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
    Childcraft Education Corp.-Registered Trademark- is a trademark of
Childcraft Education Corp. School Specialty-Registered Trademark- and Education
Access-Registered Trademark- are trademarks of School Specialty. Gresswell is a
common law trademark of School Specialty.
    
                            ------------------------
 
    CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS IN SUCH
SECURITIES, AND THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY BID, IN CONNECTION WITH THE
OFFERING. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING".
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
   
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE MORE
DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD READ THE PROSPECTUS IN ITS ENTIRETY.
UNLESS THE CONTEXT REQUIRES OTHERWISE, REFERENCES TO THE COMPANY INCLUDE ITS
SUBSIDIARIES. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ASSUMES: (I) CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED UNDER "THE
SPIN-OFF FROM U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS;" (II) AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE OF
$        PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK (REPRESENTING THE MIDPOINT OF THE ESTIMATED
PRICE RANGE); (III) A DISTRIBUTION RATIO OF ONE SHARE OF SCHOOL SPECIALTY COMMON
STOCK FOR EVERY     SHARES OF U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS' COMMON STOCK (THE
"DISTRIBUTION RATIO"), AND (IV) NO EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT
OPTION.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    School Specialty, Inc. (the "Company" or "School Specialty") is the largest
U.S. distributor focusing on non-textbook educational supplies and furniture for
grades pre-kindergarten through 12 ("pre-K-12"). The Company provides a
comprehensive offering of high quality educational supplies and furniture to
school districts, school administrators and teachers through the broad
distribution of its catalogs. School Specialty distributes general school
supplies, including classroom and art supplies, instruction materials, furniture
and equipment. The Company also distributes supplies and furniture for certain
educational disciplines, including early childhood education under the
Childcraft name, art supplies under the Sax Arts & Crafts name and
library-related products under the Gresswell name. In order to broaden its
geographic presence and product offering, the Company has acquired 15 companies
since May 1996. For the twelve months ended January 24, 1998, the Company's
revenues aggregated $279.6 million and operating income aggregated $19.7
million, which represented compound annual increases of 32% and 62%,
respectively, over revenues and operating income for the year ended December 31,
1994. For the twelve months ended January 24, 1998, the Company's pro forma
revenues (giving effect to all acquisitions made since the beginning of such
period) aggregated $379.5 million and pro forma operating income aggregated
$24.7 million, which represented compound annual increases of 45% and 75%,
respectively, over sales and operating income for the year ended December 31,
1994.
    
 
   
    With over 32,000 stock keeping units ("SKUs"), School Specialty offers
customers one source for virtually all of their non-textbook school supply and
furniture needs. School Specialty markets its products through an innovative
two-pronged approach, targeting both administrators and teachers to cover the
full spectrum of decision makers. The Company's "top down" approach, utilizing
its 290 sales representatives and its School Specialty general supply and
furniture catalog (the "School Specialty Catalog"), focuses on procurement
officials at the state, regional and local levels, while its "bottom up"
approach focuses on curriculum specialists and teachers. Sales to curriculum
specialists and over 2.1 million teachers are made primarily through the 6.3
million general supply catalogs of The Re-Print Corp. ("Re-Print") and specialty
catalogs that are mailed each year.
    
 
    Annual sales of non-textbook educational supplies and equipment to the
school supply market aggregate approximately $6.1 billion, with over $3.6
billion sold to institutions and $2.5 billion sold to consumers, according to
the National School Supply & Equipment Association ("NSSEA"). There are over
3,400 distributors of school supplies, the majority of which are family- or
employee-owned companies with revenues under $20 million that operate in a
single region. The Company believes the demand for timely order fulfillment at
competitive prices, combined with the need to invest in automated inventory and
electronic ordering systems, is accelerating the trend toward consolidation in
the industry. School Specialty also believes that it is well positioned to
capitalize on this consolidation as the largest distributor in its industry with
annual revenues which it believes exceed those of its next two largest
competitors combined. Although the Company is the largest distributor in the
industry, its share of the $6.1 billion school supply market is less than 6%,
giving the Company substantial growth opportunities.
 
<PAGE>
    The volume of school supplies is directly influenced by the size of the
student population. Kindergarten through 12th grade ("K-12") student enrollment
reached an all-time peak in 1996 with 51.5 million students and the U.S.
Department of Education projects that student enrollment will continue to grow
to 54.3 million by the year 2006. As a result of these trends, the U.S.
Department of Education projects that expenditures in public elementary and
secondary schools will continue to rise through the year 2007. These rising
expenditures include a projected increase in total per pupil spending in current
dollars from $5,961 per pupil in 1997 to $7,179 by the year 2001. The Company
believes that as the largest U.S. distributor of non-textbook educational
supplies it will be a major beneficiary of this growth in expenditures.
 
   
                                 KEY STRENGTHS
    
 
    School Specialty attributes its strong competitive position to the following
key strengths:
 
    LEADING MARKET POSITION.  The Company has developed its leading market
position over its 38 year history by emphasizing high quality products, superior
order fulfillment, exceptional customer service and brand name recognition. The
Company believes its annual revenues exceed those of its next two largest
competitors combined and that its large size and brand recognition have resulted
in significant buying power, economies of scale and customer loyalty.
 
    BROAD PRODUCT LINE.  School Specialty's strategy is to provide a full range
of high quality products to meet the complete supply needs of pre-K-12 schools
and as a result currently offers over 32,000 SKUs ranging from classroom
supplies to playground equipment. School Specialty offers customers one source
for virtually all of their school supply needs.
 
    INNOVATIVE TWO-PRONGED DISTRIBUTION.  The Company targets administrative
decision makers with a "top down" approach through its 290 person sales force
and School Specialty Catalog, and teachers and curriculum specialists with a
"bottom up" approach primarily through the 6.3 million Re-Print general supply,
and specialty catalogs mailed each year.
 
   
    ABILITY TO INTEGRATE ACQUISITIONS.  School Specialty has successfully
completed the acquisition of 20 companies since 1991, 15 of which have been
acquired since May 1996. The Company believes that it can generate significant
economies of scale and rapidly improve the margins of acquired entities, as well
as increase sales, by channeling acquired entities products through its broad
distribution network. See "Business--Company Strengths".
    
 
    USE OF TECHNOLOGY.  The Company believes that through the utilization of
technology in areas such as (i) purchasing and inventory management, (ii)
customer order fulfillment, and (iii) database management, School Specialty is
able to turn inventory more quickly than competitors, offer customers more
convenient and cost effective product ordering methods and conduct more
precisely targeted sales and marketing campaigns.
 
    EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT.  School Specialty's management team provides depth
and continuity of experience. Management's interests are aligned with those of
its shareholders as management's incentive-based compensation is tied to School
Specialty's operating profitability.
 
                                GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    School Specialty's objective is to further enhance its position as the
leading distributor of non-textbook educational supplies through the continued
implementation of the following strategies:
 
    PURSUE ACQUISITIONS AGGRESSIVELY.  The Company believes that there are
extensive acquisition opportunities among the over 3,400 school distributors in
the U.S. The Company intends to pursue two types of acquisitions: (i) general
school supply and furniture companies in geographic markets in which
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
the Company has a limited presence, and (ii) specialty companies focusing on
disciplines such as physical education, science, technology and music.
 
   
    IMPROVE PROFITABILITY.  School Specialty improved its operating margin from
3.7% in 1994 to 7.0% for the twelve months ended January 24, 1998. School
Specialty believes that there are substantial opportunities to further improve
margins by (i) increasing the efficiency of recent acquisitions, (ii) expanding
purchasing power and (iii) improving warehousing and distribution.
    
 
    PENETRATE NEW MARKETS AND EXPAND CUSTOMER BASE IN EXISTING MARKETS.  School
Specialty believes that it can increase revenues by adding sales representatives
in geographic markets in which the Company does not have a significant presence.
In addition, the Company believes that it can further increase revenues by cross
merchandising its specialty product lines to its general supplies customers.
 
   
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
    
 
   
    On March 20, 1998, the Company acquired the catalog division of Education
Access, a catalog reseller of technology solutions for the K-12 education
market. This new product line will offer curriculum software, productivity
software, peripherals, networking products and other related products through
catalogs mailed twice a year.
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common Stock Offered by the Company..........  Shares
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.......  ABCZ
Use of proceeds..............................  For general corporate purposes, principally
                                               working capital and repayment of certain
                                               indebtedness allocated to the Company by U.S.
                                               Office Products Company ("U.S. Office
                                               Products"), and for potential acquisitions.
</TABLE>
    
 
                     THE SPIN-OFF FROM U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS
 
   
    Concurrently with this Offering,    shares of School Specialty Common Stock
will be distributed to the stockholders of U.S. Office Products as of
  , 1998 (the "School Specialty Distribution" or the "Distribution"). The School
Specialty Distribution is part of a comprehensive restructuring plan adopted by
the U.S. Office Products Board of Directors, including modifications the Board
of Directors has made since first adopting this plan (as so modified, the
"Strategic Restructuring Plan") in which U.S. Office Products is spinning off
all of the shares of School Specialty and three other companies that will
conduct U.S. Office Products' current print management, technology solutions and
corporate travel services businesses. (These spin-offs are collectively referred
to as the "Distributions", and School Specialty and the three other such
companies are collectively referred to as the "Spin-Off Companies".) See "The
Spin-Off from U.S. Office Products".
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
   
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             HISTORICAL(1)
                        -------------------------------------------------------
                                                           FISCAL
                                                            YEAR
                                            FOUR MONTHS    ENDED    NINE MONTHS
                        FISCAL YEAR ENDED      ENDED      --------     ENDED
                           DECEMBER 31,     -----------    APRIL    -----------
                        ------------------   APRIL 30,      26,     JANUARY 25,
                          1994      1995       1996         1997       1997
                        --------  --------  -----------   --------  -----------
<S>                     <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME
  DATA:
Revenues..............  $119,510  $150,482    $28,616     $191,746   $159,977
Cost of revenues......    87,750   105,757     20,201      136,577    114,380
                        --------  --------  -----------   --------  -----------
Gross profit..........    31,760    44,725      8,415       55,169     45,597
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses............    27,281    39,869     10,307       43,462     33,396
Non-recurring
  acquisition costs...                          1,122        1,792      1,792
Restructuring costs...               2,532                     194
                        --------  --------  -----------   --------  -----------
Operating income
  (loss)..............     4,479     2,324     (3,014)       9,721     10,409
Interest expense......     3,007     5,536      1,461        4,197      3,358
Interest income.......                             (6)                   (101)
Other (income)
  expense.............       (86)      (18)        67         (196)      (204)
                        --------  --------  -----------   --------  -----------
Income (loss) before
  provision for
  (benefit from)
  income taxes........     1,558    (3,194)    (4,536)       5,720      7,356
Provision for (benefit
  from) income
  taxes(4)............       218       173        139       (2,412)     3,750
                        --------  --------  -----------   --------  -----------
Net income (loss).....  $  1,340  $ (3,367)   $(4,675)    $  8,132   $  3,606
                        --------  --------  -----------   --------  -----------
                        --------  --------  -----------   --------  -----------
Net income per share:
    Basic.............  $   0.03  $  (0.06)   $ (0.06)    $   0.09   $   0.04
    Diluted...........  $   0.03  $  (0.06)   $ (0.06)    $   0.09   $   0.04
 
Weighted
  average shares
  outstanding(5):
    Basic.............    45,562    59,059     77,501       90,026     85,978
    Diluted...........    45,704    60,024     79,100       91,761     87,824
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                          PRO FORMA(2)
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------
                                        TWELVE                                                      TWELVE
                                        MONTHS                                                      MONTHS
                                         ENDED        FISCAL YEAR         NINE MONTHS ENDED          ENDED
                                      -----------   ENDED APRIL 26,   -------------------------   -----------
                        JANUARY 24,   JANUARY 24,   ---------------   JANUARY 25,   JANUARY 24,   JANUARY 24,
                           1998         1998(3)          1997            1997          1998         1998(3)
                        -----------   -----------   ---------------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                     <C>           <C>           <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME
  DATA:
Revenues..............   $247,880      $279,649        $350,760        $292,244      $321,010      $379,526
Cost of revenues......    176,501       198,698         244,396         203,705       228,512       269,203
                        -----------   -----------   ---------------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Gross profit..........     71,379        80,951         106,364          88,539        92,498       110,323
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses............     50,999        61,065          85,430          66,926        66,951        85,455
Non-recurring
  acquisition costs...                                    1,792           1,792
Restructuring costs...                      194             194                                         194
                        -----------   -----------   ---------------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Operating income
  (loss)..............     20,380        19,692          18,948          19,821        25,547        24,674
Interest expense......      4,100         4,939           7,300           5,535         5,535         7,300
Interest income.......       (109)           (8)
Other (income)
  expense.............        441           449            (158)           (174)          520           536
                        -----------   -----------   ---------------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) before
  provision for
  (benefit from)
  income taxes........     15,948        14,312          11,806          14,460        19,492        16,838
Provision for (benefit
  from) income
  taxes(4)............      7,113           952              92           6,651         8,966         2,407
                        -----------   -----------   ---------------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income (loss).....   $  8,835      $ 13,350        $ 11,714        $  7,809      $ 10,526      $ 14,431
                        -----------   -----------   ---------------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                        -----------   -----------   ---------------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income per share:
    Basic.............   $   0.08      $   0.13        $   0.11        $   0.07      $   0.10      $   0.13
    Diluted...........   $   0.08      $   0.13        $   0.11        $   0.07      $   0.10      $   0.13
Weighted
  average shares
  outstanding(5):
    Basic.............    114,758       111,611         109,895         109,895       109,895       109,895
    Diluted...........    117,185       113,781         109,895         109,895       109,895       109,895
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                                                            1994        1995
                                                                                                         ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                                      <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)..............................................................................  $    3,512  $   (1,052)
Total assets...........................................................................................      44,267      54,040
Long-term debt, less current portion...................................................................      11,675      15,294
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products..............................................................
Stockholder's (deficit) equity.........................................................................       1,827        (620)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                         APRIL 30,   APRIL 26,
                                                                                                            1996        1997
                                                                                                         ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                                      <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)..............................................................................  $   (3,663) $   14,460
Total assets...........................................................................................      54,573      87,685
Long-term debt, less current portion...................................................................      15,031         566
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products..............................................................                  33,226
Stockholder's (deficit) equity.........................................................................      (4,267)     16,329
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             JANUARY 24, 1998
 
                                                                                                         ------------------------
 
                                                                                                                          PRO
 
                                                                                                           ACTUAL      FORMA(6)
 
                                                                                                         -----------  -----------
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)..............................................................................  $    43,613  $    60,586
 
Total assets...........................................................................................      201,207      204,457
 
Long-term debt, less current portion...................................................................          385       82,978
 
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products..............................................................       62,470
Stockholder's (deficit) equity.........................................................................       98,492       98,492
 
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) The historical financial information of the businesses that were acquired in
    business combinations accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method
    (the "Pooled Companies") have been combined on a historical cost basis in
    accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") to present
    this financial data as if the Pooled Companies had always been members of
    the same operating group. The financial information of the businesses
    acquired in the business combinations accounted for under the purchase
    method is included from the dates of their respective acquisitions.
    
 
   
(2) The pro forma financial data give effect to the refinancing of U.S. Office
    Products' debt allocated to School Specialty and the purchase acquisitions
    completed by the Company since May 1, 1996 as if all such transactions had
    occurred on May 1, 1996. The pro forma statement of income data are not
    necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have been
    achieved had these events actually then occurred and should not be construed
    as representative of future operating results.
    
 
   
(3) The results for for the historical and pro forma 12 months ended January 24,
    1998 have been calculated based upon the historical and pro forma results
    for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 less the historical and pro forma
    results for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 plus the historical and
    pro forma results for the nine months ended January 24, 1998, respectively.
    
 
   
(4) Results for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and the 12 months ended
    January 24, 1998 (historical and pro forma) include a benefit from income
    taxes of $2.4 million arising from the reversal of a $5.3 million valuation
    allowance in the quarter ended April 26, 1997. The valuation allowance had
    been established in fiscal 1995 to offset the tax benefit from net operating
    loss carryforwards included in the Company's deferred tax assets, because at
    the time it was not likely that such tax benefit would be realized. The
    valuation allowance was reversed subsequent to the Company's being acquired
    by U.S. Office Products, because it was deemed "more likely than not", based
    on improved results, that such tax benefit would be realized. The difference
    between the effective pro forma tax rate of 46% and the statutory rate of
    35% for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and January 24, 1998 relates
    primarily to state taxes and non-deductible goodwill. The difference between
    the effective pro forma tax rate and the statutory tax rate for the fiscal
    year ended April 26, 1997 and the twelve months ended January 24, 1998
    relates primarily to state taxes and nondeductible goodwill, offset by the
    reversal of the valuation allowance.
    
 
   
(5) For calculation of the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding for the
    fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and for the nine months ended January 24,
    1998 and January 25, 1997, see Note 2(h) of Notes to Pro Forma Combined
    Financial Statements included herein. The pro forma net income per share and
    pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, as adjusted to give effect to
    the sale of shares to Messrs. Spalding, Vander Zanden and Pate and the
    Offering would have been:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             NINE MONTHS
                                                                                                                ENDED
                                                                                                             ------------
                                                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED   JANUARY 25,
                                                                                           APRIL 26, 1997        1997
                                                                                         ------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>                 <C>
Pro forma net income per share, as adjusted:
  Basic................................................................................              --               --
  Diluted..............................................................................              --               --
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic................................................................................              --               --
  Diluted..............................................................................              --               --
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                        TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
 
                                                                                         JANUARY 24,        JANUARY 24,
 
                                                                                             1998              1998
 
                                                                                         ------------  ---------------------
 
<S>                                                                                      <C>           <C>
Pro forma net income per share, as adjusted:
  Basic................................................................................           --                --
 
  Diluted..............................................................................           --                --
 
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic................................................................................           --                --
 
  Diluted..............................................................................           --                --
 
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(6) The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the refinancing of U.S.
    Office Products' debt allocated to School Specialty and the purchase
    acquisition of Education Access, the only acquisition completed by the
    Company subsequent to January 24, 1998, as if such transactions had occurred
    on January 24, 1998. The pro forma balance sheet data are not necessarily
    indicative of the financial position that would have been achieved had these
    events actually then occurred and should not be construed as representative
    of future financial position.
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THE FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN ADDITION TO OTHER INFORMATION
INCLUDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
   
POTENTIAL VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE; RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR
  IMMEDIATE SALE
    
 
   
    As a result of the School Specialty Distribution, stockholders of U.S.
Office Products will acquire       shares of School Specialty Common Stock that
will be freely tradeable at the time of this Offering without restrictions or
further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), except that any shares held by "affiliates" of School
Specialty within the meaning of the Securities Act will be subject to the resale
limitations of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act ("Rule 144").
Because the School Specialty Distribution is being made to existing shareholders
of U.S. Office Products, who have not made an affirmative decision to invest in
School Specialty Common Stock, there can be no assurance that some or all of
these shareholders will not sell the shares of School Specialty Common Stock
into the market shortly after the School Specialty Distribution. In addition,
U.S. Office Products is included in certain broad-based indices tracked by a
number of investment companies and other institutional investors, and such
investors can be expected to sell the shares of School Specialty Common Stock
they receive in the School Specialty Distribution shortly thereafter.
    
 
    A "when-issued" trading market in School Specialty Common Stock may develop
immediately. Such trading could increase the volatility of, and adversely affect
the market price of, the School Specialty Common Stock.
 
   
    In addition, upon completion of this Offering and the School Specialty
Distribution, School Specialty will have outstanding (i)           shares of
School Specialty Common Stock issued in this Offering, and (ii) immediately
exercisable options to acquire       shares of School Specialty Common Stock
following this Offering. Following this Offering and the School Specialty
Distribution, in view of the large number of shares freely-tradeable and
available for immediate sale, the market for School Specialty's Common Stock
could be highly volatile and could adversely affect the trading price of School
Specialty Common Stock. See "Management--Director Compensation and Other
Arrangements". The officers and directors of School Specialty, who hold
shares of School Specialty Common Stock, have agreed not to sell or otherwise
dispose of any School Specialty Common Stock without the prior written consent
of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus
(the "Lock-Up Agreements"). The Company intends to register the shares of School
Specialty Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to its stock option plan
as soon as practicable after the closing of this Offering.
    
 
POTENTIAL LIABILITY FOR TAXES RELATED TO THE DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    In connection with the Distributions, U.S. Office Products will enter into a
tax allocation agreement with School Specialty and the other Spin-Off Companies
(the "Tax Allocation Agreement") which will provide that the Spin-Off Companies
will jointly and severally indemnify U.S. Office Products for any losses
associated with taxes related to the Distributions ("Distribution Taxes") if an
action or omission (an "Adverse Tax Act") of any of the Spin-Off Companies
materially contributes to a final determination that any or all of the
Distributions are taxable. School Specialty will also enter into a tax
indemnification agreement with the other Spin-Off Companies (the "Tax
Indemnification Agreement") under which the Spin-Off Company that is responsible
for the Adverse Tax Act will indemnify the other Spin-Off Companies for any
liability to indemnify U.S. Office Products under the Tax Allocation Agreement.
As a consequence, School Specialty will be liable for any Distribution Taxes
resulting from any Adverse Tax Act by School Specialty and liable (subject to
indemnification by the other Spin-Off Companies) for any Distribution Taxes
resulting from an Adverse Tax Act by the other Spin-Off Companies. If there is a
final determination that any or all of the Distributions are taxable and it is
determined that there has not been
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
   
an Adverse Tax Act by either U.S. Office Products or any of the Spin-Off
Companies, U.S. Office Products and each of the Spin-Off Companies will be
liable for its pro rata portion of the Distribution Taxes based on the value of
each company's common stock after the Distributions. As a result, School
Specialty could become liable for a pro rata portion of any Distribution Taxes
with respect not only to the School Specialty Distribution, but also any of the
other Distributions. See "The Spin-Off from U.S. Office Products--Tax Allocation
Agreement and Tax Indemnification Agreement" and "The Spin-Off from U.S. Office
Products--U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distributons" for a
detailed discussion of the Tax Allocation Agreement and the Tax Indemnification
Agreement and the U.S. Federal Income Tax consequences of the Distributions.
    
 
   
RISKS RELATED TO ALLOCATION OF CERTAIN LIABILITIES
    
 
   
    Under the Distribution Agreement, School Specialty will be liable for (i)
any liabilities arising out of or in connection with the business conducted by
it or its subsidiaries, (ii) its liabilities under the Employee Benefits
Agreement, Tax Allocation Agreement and related agreements described under "The
Spin-Off From U.S. Office Products", (iii) the U.S. Office Products debt that
has been allocated to the Company (see "The Spin-Off From U.S. Office
Products--Distribution Agreement--Debt"), (iv) liabilities under the securities
laws relating to this Prospectus and portions of the Information
Statement/Prospectus distributed in connection with the School Specialty
Distribution, as well as other securities law liabilities related to the School
Specialty business that arise from information supplied to U.S. Office Products
(or that should have been supplied, but was not) by School Specialty, (v) U.S.
Office Products' liabilities for earn-outs from acquisitions in respect of
School Specialty and its subsidiaries, (vi) School Specialty's costs and
expenses related to the Offering and its bank financing, and (vii) $1.0 million
of the transaction costs (including legal, accounting, investment banking and
financial advisory) and other fees incurred by U.S. Office Products in
connection with its Strategic Restructuring Plan. Each of the other Spin-Off
Companies will be similarly obligated to U.S. Office Products. School Specialty
and the other Spin-Off Companies have also agreed to bear a pro rata portion
(based on their and U.S. Office Products' relative revenues and net income) of
U.S. Office Products' liabilities under the securities laws (other than claims
relating solely to a specific Spin-Off Company or relating specifically to the
continuing businesses of U.S. Office Products), and U.S. Office Products'
general corporate liabilities (other than debt, except for that specifically
allocated to the Spin-Off Companies) incurred prior to the Distributions (i.e.,
liabilities not related to the conduct of a particular distributed or retained
subsidiary's business) (the "Shared Liabilities"). If one of the other Spin-Off
Companies defaults on an obligation owed to U.S. Office Products, the other
non-defaulting Spin-Off Companies will be obligated on a pro rata basis (based
on their and U.S. Office Products' relative revenues and net income) to pay such
obligation ("Default Liability"). The aggregate of the Share Liabilities and
Default Liability for which any Spin-Off Company may be liable is, however,
limited to $      . As a result of the Shared Liabilities and Default Liability,
School Specialty could be obligated to pay up to $  million to U.S. Office
Products in respect of obligations and liabilities not related to its business
or operations and over which neither it nor its management has or has had any
control or responsibility. See "--Potential Liability for Taxes Related to the
Distributions" and "The Spin-Off From U.S. Office Products."
    
 
RISKS RELATED TO INTEGRATION OF OPERATIONS AND ACQUISITIONS
 
    An important element of School Specialty's business strategy for its
distribution divisions is to integrate its acquisitions into its existing
operations. There can be no assurance that School Specialty will be able to
integrate future acquisitions in a timely manner without substantial costs,
delays, or other problems. Once integrated, acquisitions may not achieve sales,
profitability, and asset productivity commensurate with School Specialty's
existing divisions. In addition to integration risks for distribution divisions,
acquisitions of both distribution divisions and specialty brand companies
involve a number of special risks, including adverse short-term effects on
School Specialty's reported operating results (including those adverse
short-term effects caused by severance payments to employees of acquired
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
   
companies, restructuring charges associated with the acquisitions and other
expenses associated with a change of control, as well as non-recurring
acquisition costs including accounting and legal fees, investment banking fees,
recognition of transaction-related obligations, and various other acquisition-
related costs), the diversion of management's time and attention, the dependence
on retaining, hiring, and training key personnel, the amortization of acquired
intangible assets, and risks associated with unanticipated problems or
liabilities, some or all of which could have a material adverse effect on School
Specialty's operations and financial condition. Furthermore, although School
Specialty conducts due diligence and generally requires representations,
warranties, and indemnifications from the former owners of acquired companies,
there can be no assurance that such owners will have accurately represented the
financial and operating conditions of their companies. If an acquired company's
financial or operating results were misrepresented, the acquisition could have a
material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of
School Specialty. See "Business--Company Growth Strategy--Pursue Acquisitions
Aggressively".
    
 
DEPENDENCE UPON ACQUISITIONS FOR FUTURE GROWTH
 
   
    One of School Specialty's strategies is to increase its revenues and the
markets it serves through the acquisition of additional school supply
distribution businesses. There can be no assurance that suitable candidates for
acquisitions can be identified or, if suitable candidates are identified, that
acquisitions can be completed on acceptable terms, if at all. There can be no
assurance that future acquisitions will prove profitable at the time of their
acquisition or will achieve sales and profitability that justify the investment
therein. The failure to complete acquisitions and continue its expansion could
have a material adverse effect on School Specialty's financial condition. In
addition, prior to the School Specialty Distribution, School Specialty's
acquisitions were completed with substantial business, legal, and accounting
assistance from U.S. Office Products, and some of the acquisitions were paid for
with U.S. Office Products Common Stock. The pace of School Specialty's
acquisition program may be adversely affected by the absence of U.S. Office
Products' support for the acquisitions. Also, School Specialty intends to use
School Specialty Common Stock to pay for a portion of the consideration for its
acquisitions, and therefore, if the owners of potential acquisition candidates
are not willing to receive, or School Specialty is not able to issue, shares of
School Specialty Common Stock in exchange for their business, School Specialty's
acquisition program could be adversely affected. Furthermore, the Company's
ability to pay for acquisitions with stock may be materially limited in the
two-year period following the School Specialty Distribution. See "--Possible
Limitations on Issuances of Common Stock".
    
 
POSSIBLE LIMITATIONS ON ISSUANCES OF COMMON STOCK
 
   
    U.S. Office Products and School Specialty will represent to Wilmer, Cutler &
Pickering, for purposes of its tax opinion (the "Tax Opinion"), that the Common
Stock that will be issued in this Offering, together with all School Specialty
capital stock that could be issued pursuant to the exercise of options and other
agreements that may be exercised within one year of the School Specialty
Distribution, represents in the aggregate less than 20 percent of the School
Specialty capital stock that would be outstanding after this Offering and the
exercise of all such options and other agreements. U.S. Office Products and
School Specialty will also represent to Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering that there
are no written or oral agreements or understandings, in effect prior to the
School Specialty Distribution, under which School Specialty may be required to
issue Common Stock after the School Specialty Distribution, other than
agreements covering the stock referenced in the previous sentence and agreements
covering other stock options granted as compensation for services. School
Specialty has accordingly not been able, prior to the School Specialty
Distribution, to enter into any acquisition or other agreement or understanding
requiring issuance of additional Common Stock.
    
 
   
    In addition, Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"), which was added in 1997, generally provides that a company that
distributes shares of a subsidiary in a spin-off
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
   
that is otherwise tax-free will incur U.S. federal income tax liability if 50%
or more, by vote or value, of the capital stock of either the company making the
distribution or the spun-off subsidiary is acquired by one or more persons
acting pursuant to a plan or series of related transactions that includes the
spin-off. Stock acquired by certain related persons is aggregated in determining
whether the 50% test is met. There is a presumption that any acquisition
occurring two years before or after the spin-off is pursuant to a plan that
includes the spin-off. However, the presumption may be rebutted by establishing
that the spin-off and such acquisition are not part of a plan or series of
related transactions. As a result of the provisions of Section 355(e), there can
be no assurance that issuances of stock by School Specialty, including issuances
in connection with an acquisition of another business by School Specialty, will
not create a tax liability for U.S. Office Products.
    
 
   
    These limitations could adversely affect the pace of School Specialty's
acquisitions and its ability to issue Common Stock for other purposes, including
equity offerings.
    
 
   
    School Specialty has entered into the Tax Allocation Agreement and the Tax
Indemnification Agreement pursuant to which School Specialty will be liable to
U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies if its actions or
omissions materially contribute to a final determination that the School
Specialty Distribution is taxable. See "--Potential Liability for Taxes Related
to the Distributions" and "The Spin-Off From U.S. Office Products--Tax
Allocation Agreement and Tax Indemnification Agreement."
    
 
   
RISKS RELATED TO INABILITY TO USE POOLING-OF-INTERESTS METHOD TO ACCOUNT FOR
  FUTURE ACQUISITIONS
    
 
   
    Generally accepted accounting principles require that an entity be
autonomous for a period of two years before it is eligible to complete business
combinations under the pooling-of-interests method. As a result of School
Specialty being a wholly-owned subsidiary of U.S. Office Products prior to the
Distribution, School Specialty will be unable to satisfy this criterion for a
period of two years following the Distribution. Therefore, School Specialty will
be precluded from completing business combinations under the
pooling-of-interests method for a period of two years and any business
combinations completed by School Specialty during such period will be accounted
for under the purchase method resulting in the recording of goodwill. See
"--Material Amount of Goodwill".
    
 
SEASONALITY: FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
 
   
    School Specialty's business is subject to seasonal influences, with sales
and profitability substantially higher from May to October due to increased
school orders during these months. As a result of this seasonality,
historically, School Specialty has earned more than 100% of its annual net
income in the first six months of its fiscal year and has historically operated
at a loss in its third fiscal quarter. Also, quarterly results may be materially
affected by the timing of acquisitions and the timing and magnitude of
acquisition assimilation costs. Therefore, operating results for any quarter are
not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any
subsequent fiscal quarter or full fiscal year. Fluctuations caused by variations
in quarterly results may adversely affect the market price of the School
Specialty Common Stock. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business".
    
 
RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    School Specialty's operations depend on the continued efforts of Daniel P.
Spalding, its Chief Executive Officer, its other executive officers, and the
senior management of certain of its subsidiaries. Furthermore, School
Specialty's operations will likely depend on the senior management of certain of
the companies that may be acquired in the future. If any of these people become
unable to continue in his or her present role, or if School Specialty is unable
to attract and retain other skilled employees, its
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
   
business could be adversely affected. School Specialty does have employment
contracts with some Named Officers, as defined herein, but most of the
Companies' executive officers and senior management do not have employment
contracts with School Specialty. See "Management--Director Compensation and
Other Arrangements". School Specialty does not have and does not intend to
obtain key man life insurance covering any of its executive officers or other
members of senior management of its subsidiaries. In addition, Jonathan J.
Ledecky will serve as a director and an employee of School Specialty and is
expected to provide services to School Specialty after the School Specialty
Distribution pursuant to an agreement entered into between Mr. Ledecky and U.S
Office Products which provides that the Company and the other Spin-Off Companies
will succeed to certain rights of, and obligations under, such agreement
following the Distribution and an expected employment agreement with School
Specialty. See "Management--Director Compensation and Other Arrangements". Mr.
Ledecky will also serve as a director of each of the other Spin-Off Companies,
and is the director or an officer of other public companies. Mr. Ledecky may be
unable to devote substantial time to the activities of School Specialty.
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON SYSTEMS
 
    School Specialty believes that one of the competitive advantages of its
distribution divisions is its information systems, including its proprietary
PC-based customer Order Management System ("OMS"). School Specialty's operations
in each of its integrated divisions under School Specialty are generally
dependent on these systems, which are run on a host system located at School
Specialty's headquarters in Appleton, Wisconsin. Each division of School
Specialty is linked to School Specialty's host system and disruption or
unavailability of these links could have a material adverse effect on School
Specialty's business and results of operations.
 
    None of School Specialty's subsidiaries has a redundant computer system or a
redundant dedicated communication line. School Specialty has taken precautions
to protect itself from events that could interrupt its operations.
Notwithstanding these precautions, there can be no assurance that a fire, flood
or other natural disaster affecting School Specialty's system or its
communication lines would not disable the system or prevent the system from
communicating with School Specialty's divisions or the specialty brand
subsidiaries. The occurrence of any of these events would have a material
adverse effect on School Specialty's operations and financial condition.
 
    School Specialty does not expect that it will incur any material costs and
expenses to meet information standards for Year 2000 compliance; however, there
is no assurance that School Specialty's customers or vendors meet information
standards for Year 2000 compliance, and their failure to meet such standards
could adversely affect School Specialty's revenues and product costs.
 
RISK OF RAPID GROWTH; ABSENCE OF HISTORY AS A STAND-ALONE COMPANY
 
    Since 1991, School Specialty and U.S. Office Products have significantly
expanded the scope of School Specialty's operations by acquiring sixteen
regional distributors of educational supplies in different regions of the United
States and three specialty brand school supply companies. All of School
Specialty's specialty brand acquisitions and eleven of its regional distribution
acquisitions have occurred since June 1996. There can be no assurance that
School Specialty's management and financial controls, personnel, computer
systems, and other corporate support systems will be adequate to manage the
increased size and scope of School Specialty's operations as a result of School
Specialty's recently completed acquisitions.
 
   
    Prior to the School Specialty Distribution, certain general and
administrative functions relating to School Specialty's business (including
legal, accounting, purchasing and management information services) were handled
by U.S. Office Products. School Specialty's future performance will depend on
its ability to function as a stand-alone entity, to finance and manage its
expanding operations and to
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
   
adapt its information systems to changes in its business. As a result, School
Specialty's expenses are likely to be higher than when it was a part of U.S.
Office Products, and School Specialty may experience disruptions of general and
administrative functions that it would not have encountered as a part of U.S.
Office Products. Furthermore, the financial information included herein may not
necessarily reflect what the results of operations and financial condition would
have been had School Specialty been a separate, stand-alone entity during the
periods presented or be indicative of future results of operations and financial
condition of School Specialty.
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY SUPPLIERS AND SERVICE PROVIDERS
 
   
    School Specialty is dependent on (i) a limited number of suppliers for
certain of its product lines, particularly its franchise furniture lines, and
(ii) a limited number of service providers, such as delivery service from United
Parcel Service. Any interruption of supply from current vendors or any material
increased costs, particularly in the peak season of June through September,
could cause significant delays in the shipment of such products and could have a
material adverse effect on School Specialty's business, financial condition, and
results of operations. Increases in freight costs charged to School Specialty or
inability to ship products, whether real or perceived, could have a material
adverse effect on School Specialty's business, financial condition, and results
of operations. In addition, as part of its business strategy, School Specialty
strives to reduce its number of suppliers and minimize duplicative lines, which
may have the effect of increasing its dependence on remaining vendors. The
United Parcel Service Strike during August 1997 had an adverse effect on School
Specialty due to the perceived inability of School Specialty to ship products.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
    The market for school supplies is highly competitive and fragmented. School
Specialty estimates that over 3,400 companies distribute educational materials
to pre-K-12 schools as a primary focus of their business. In addition, School
Specialty competes with alternate channel distributors such as office product
contract stationers and superstores, which may continue to broaden their product
lines in school supplies. Some of these competitors have greater financial
resources and buying power than School Specialty. School Specialty believes that
the educational supplies market will consolidate over the next several years,
which may make School Specialty's general and specialty supply businesses more
competitive. In addition, there may be increasing competition for acquisition
candidates and there can be no assurance that acquisitions will continue to be
available to School Specialty on favorable terms, if at all. See
"Business--Competition".
 
MATERIAL AMOUNT OF GOODWILL
 
   
    Approximately $97.5 million, or 47.7%, of the School Specialty's pro forma
total assets as of January 24, 1998 represents intangibles assets, the
significant majority of which is goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of
cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired in business combinations
accounted for under the purchase method. School Specialty generally amortizes
goodwill on a straight line method over a period of 40 years with the amount
amortized in a particular period constituting a non-cash expense that reduces
School Specialty's net income. Amortization of goodwill resulting from certain
past acquisitions, and additional goodwill recorded in certain acquisitions may
not be deductible for tax purposes. In addition, School Specialty will be
required to periodically evaluate the recoverability of goodwill by reviewing
the anticipated undiscounted future cash flows from the operations of the
acquired companies and comparing such cash flows to the carrying value of the
associated goodwill. If goodwill becomes impaired, School Specialty would be
required to write down the carrying value of the goodwill and incur a related
charge to its income. A reduction in net income resulting from the amortization
or write down of goodwill could have a material and adverse impact upon the
market price of School Specialty Common Stock.
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
NO PRIOR PUBLIC TRADING MARKET
 
    Prior to the School Specialty Distribution, there has been no public market
for School Specialty Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active
trading market will develop or, if one does develop, that it will continue. The
price of School Specialty Common Stock will be determined in the marketplace and
may be influenced by many factors, including (i) the depth and liquidity of the
market for School Specialty Common Stock, (ii) developments affecting School
Specialty's businesses generally, (iii) investor perception of the school
supplies industry generally, and (iv) general economic and market conditions.
See "Underwriting" for a discussion of factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price.
 
NO DIVIDENDS
 
    School Specialty does not expect to pay cash dividends on School Specialty
Common Stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, School Specialty's ability
to pay dividends may be restricted from time to time by financial covenants in
its credit agreements. See "Dividend Policy".
 
DILUTION
 
   
    Purchasers of Common Stock in this Offering will sustain a substantial and
immediate dilution of $    per share (determined by subtracting its adjustable
pro forma book value per share as of January 24, 1998, adjusted to give effect
to the Offering, from the assumed initial public offering price). In addition,
the exercise of stock options could have a further dilutive effect. See
"Dilution".
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                     THE SPIN-OFF FROM U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS
 
   
    Prior to this Offering, School Specialty has been a wholly-owned subsidiary
of U.S. Office Products. At the time of this Offering, School Specialty will
hold all of the business and assets of, and will be responsible for
substantially all of the liabilities associated with, U.S. Office Products'
Educational Supplies and Products Division. Concurrently with this Offering, the
      shares of School Specialty Common Stock will be distributed to the
stockholders of U.S. Office Products of record on          , 1998. U.S. Office
Products is spinning off School Specialty as part of the Strategic Restructuring
Plan in which U.S. Office Products is spinning off the shares of the four
companies that will conduct U.S. Office Products' current print management,
technology solutions, educational supplies and corporate travel services
businesses.
    
 
   
    In connection with the School Specialty Distribution, School Specialty is
entering into a series of agreements with U.S. Office Products and the other
Spin-Off Companies to provide mechanisms for an orderly transition and to define
certain relationships among School Specialty, U.S. Office Products and the other
Spin-Off Companies after the School Specialty Distribution. These agreements
are: a distribution agreement (the "Distribution Agreement") among School
Specialty, U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies; a tax
allocation agreement (the "Tax Allocation Agreement") among School Specialty,
U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies; an employee benefits
agreement (the "Employee Benefits Agreement") among School Specialty, U.S.
Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies; and a tax indemnification
agreement (the "Tax Indemnification Agreement") among School Specialty and the
Other Spin-Off Companies. The terms of the Distribution Agreement, the Tax
Allocation Agreement, the Tax Indemnification Agreement and the Employee
Benefits Agreement have not yet been finally determined. Those terms will be
agreed to while School Specialty is a wholly-owned subsidiary of U.S. Office
Products. In addition, the agreement between U.S. Office Products and the
Investor relating to the Investor's investment in U.S. Office Products (the
"Investment Agreement") specifies certain terms of this Agreement and provides
that they are subject to the Investor's reasonable approval. Therefore, they
will not be the result of arm's-length negotiations between independent parties.
    
 
    Although the terms of the Distribution Agreement, Tax Allocation Agreement,
Tax Indemnification Agreement, and Employee Benefits Agreement have not been
finally determined, School Specialty currently expects that the terms will
include those described below. There can be no assurance that the terms of the
Distribution Agreement, Tax Allocation Agreement, Tax Indemnification Agreement
and Employee Benefits Agreement will not be less favorable to the stockholders
of School Specialty than the terms set out below.
 
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
 
   
    TRANSFER OF SUBSIDIARIES AND ASSETS.  The Distribution Agreement is expected
to provide for the transfer from U.S. Office Products to School Specialty of
substantially all of the equity interests in the U.S. Office Products
subsidiaries that are engaged in the business of School Specialty as well as the
transfer, in certain instances, of other assets related to the business of
School Specialty. It is also expected to provide that the recovery on any claims
under applicable acquisition agreements that U.S. Office Products may have
against the persons who sold businesses to U.S. Office Products that will become
part of School Specialty in connection with the Distributions (the "School
Specialty Acquisition Indemnity Claims") will be shared between U.S. Office
Products and School Specialty. In addition, to the extent that the School
Specialty Acquisition Indemnity Claims are secured by the pledge of stock of
U.S. Office Products and School Specialty that is owned by persons who sold
businesses to U.S. Office Products that will become part of School Specialty
(and no previous claims have been made against such shares), the pledged shares
will be used, subject to the final resolution of the claim, to reimburse U.S.
Office Products and School Specialty for their respective damages and expenses,
agreed upon allocation of recovery rights, which will be determined prior to the
School Specialty Distribution.
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
   
    DEBT.  The Distribution Agreement is expected to provide that $80.0 million
of U.S. Office Products' debt plus the amount of any additional debt incurred
after the date of the Investment Agreement by U.S. Office Products in connection
with the acquisition of entities that will become subsidiaries of School
Specialty will be allocated to School Specialty in connection with the School
Specialty Distribution. The amount of debt that will be allocated pursuant to
this provision will be $83.3 million, which is expected to be refinanced with a
third party lender at or about the time of this Offering. The allocation of the
$80.0 million of debt is reflected in School Specialty's historical balance
sheet as of January 24, 1998 as debt owed to U.S. Office Products, and the
allocation of the additional $3.3 million of debt incurred by U.S. Office
Products in the subsequent acquisition of Education Access and the proposed
refinancing of the total of $83.3 million of indebtedness are reflected in
School Specialty's pro forma balance sheet as of January 24, 1998.
    
 
   
    LIABILITIES.  In addition to the debt described above, the Distribution
Agreement is expected to allocate and provide for the assumption of financial
responsibility for certain liabilities (other than taxes and employee benefit
matters which will be governed by separate agreements) among U.S. Office
Products, School Specialty and the other Spin-Off Companies. School Specialty
will be responsible for (i) any liabilities arising out of or in connection with
the businesses conducted by School Specialty and/ or its subsidiaries, (ii) its
liabilities under the Distribution Agreement, the Tax Allocation Agreement, the
Tax Indemnification Agreement and the Employee Benefits Agreement and related
agreements, (iii) securities liabilities relating to this Prospectus and certain
sections of the Information Statement/ Prospectus relating to the School
Specialty Distribution as well as other securities liabilities related to the
School Specialty business that arise from information supplied to U.S. Office
Products (or that should have been supplied but was not) by School Specialty,
(iv) any liabilities of U.S. Office Products relating to earn-out or bonus
payments owed by U.S. Office Products in respect of School Specialty or its
subsidiaries, (v) the Company's costs and expenses related to the Offering and
the Company's bank financing, and (vi) $1.0 million of the transaction costs
(including legal, accounting, investment banking, and financial advisory) and
other fees incurred by U.S. Office Products in connection with the Strategic
Restructuring Plan. In addition, the Distribution Agreement will provide for
sharing of certain liabilities among the parties. Each of U.S. Office Products,
School Specialty and the other Spin-Off Companies will bear its pro rata share
of certain other liabilities (the "Shared Liabilities") including: (i) any
liabilities of U.S. Office Products under the securities laws arising from
events prior to the Distributions (other than claims relating solely to a
specific Spin-Off Company or relating specifically to the continuing businesses
of U.S. Office Products), and (ii) U.S. Office Products' general corporate
liabilities (other than debt, except for that specifically allocated to the
Spin-Off Companies) incurred prior to the Distributions (I.E., liabilities not
related to the conduct of a particular distributed or retained subsidiary's
business). The Company's pro rata share of such Shared Liabilities will be
approximately     percent. Shared Liabilities will also include a portion of the
indemnity obligations of the other Spin-Off Companies should one or more of
those companies default on their indemnity obligations under the Distribution
Agreement. However, in no event will the Company's share of the Shared
Liabilities exceed $         .
    
 
    The Distribution Agreement is expected to provide that each party will
indemnify and hold all of the other parties harmless from any and all
liabilities for which the former assumed liability under the Distribution
Agreement. All indemnity payments will be subject to adjustment upward or
downward to take account of tax costs or tax benefits as well as insurance
proceeds. If there are any claims made under U.S. Office Products' existing
insurance policies, the amount of any deductible or retention will be allocated
by U.S. Office Products among the claimants in a fair and reasonable manner.
 
    OTHER PROVISIONS.  The Distribution Agreement is expected to have other
customary provisions including provisions relating to mutual release, access to
information, witness services, confidentiality and alternative dispute
resolution.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
TAX ALLOCATION AGREEMENT AND TAX INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
    The Tax Allocation Agreement will provide that each Spin-Off Company will be
responsible for its respective share of U.S. Office Products' consolidated tax
liability for the years that each such corporation was included in U.S. Office
Products' consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. The Tax Allocation
Agreement also will provide for sharing, where appropriate, of state, local and
foreign taxes attributable to periods prior to the Distributions.
 
    The Tax Allocation Agreement will further provide that the Spin-Off
Companies will jointly and severally indemnify U.S. Office Products for any
Distribution Taxes assessed against U.S. Office Products if an Adverse Tax Act
of any of the Spin-Off Companies materially contributes to a final determination
that any or all of the Distributions are taxable. School Specialty will also
enter into the Tax Indemnification Agreement with the other Spin-Off Companies
under which the Spin-Off Company that is responsible for the Adverse Tax Act
will indemnify the other Spin-Off Companies for any liability to U.S. Office
Products under the Tax Allocation Agreement. As a consequence, School Specialty
will be liable for any Distribution Taxes resulting from any Adverse Tax Act by
School Specialty and liable (subject to indemnification by the other Spin-Off
Companies) for any Distribution Taxes resulting from an Adverse Tax Act by the
other Spin-Off Companies. If there is a final determination that any or all of
the Distributions are taxable and it is determined that there has not been an
Adverse Tax Act by either U.S. Office Products or any of the Spin-Off Companies,
each of U.S. Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies will be liable for its
pro rata portion of such Distribution Taxes based on the value of each company's
common stock after the Distributions. As a result, School Specialty could become
liable for a pro rata portion of any Distribution Taxes with respect not only to
the School Specialty Distribution but also any of the other Distributions.
 
   
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT
    
 
   
    In connection with the School Specialty Distribution, U.S. Office Products
expects to enter into the Employee Benefits Agreement with School Specialty and
the other Spin-Off Companies to provide for an orderly transition of benefits
coverage between U.S. Office Products and the Spin-off Companies. Pursuant to
this agreement, the respective Spin-Off Companies will retain or assume
liability for employment-related claims and severance for persons currently or
previously employed by the respective Spin-Off Companies and their subsidiaries,
while U.S. Office Products and its post-Distribution subsidiaries will retain or
assume responsibility for their current and previous employees. The proposed
Employee Benefits Agreement reflects U.S. Office Products' expectation that each
of the Spin-Off Companies will establish 401(k) plans for their respective
employees effective as of, or shortly after, the Distribution Date and that U.S.
Office Products will transfer 401(k) accounts to those plans as soon as
practicable. The proposed agreement also provides for spinning off portions of
the U.S. Office Products' cafeteria plan that relate to employees of the
Spin-Off Companies (and their subsidiaries) and having those spun-off plans
assume responsibilities for claims submitted on or after the Distribution.
    
 
   
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Tax Allocation Agreement and Tax Indemnification Agreement,
see "--Tax Allocation Agreement and Tax Indemnification Agreement," School
Specialty could be liable for Distribution Taxes if any or all of the
Distributions fail to qualify as tax-free spin-offs under Section 355 of the
Code or are taxable under Section 355(e) of the Code.
    
 
   
    THE TAX OPINION.  Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering expects to deliver an opinion
(the "Tax Opinion") at the time of the Distributions stating that for U.S.
federal income tax purposes the Distributions will qualify as tax-free spin-offs
under Section 355 of the Code and will not be taxable under Section 355(e) of
the Code. U.S. Office Products will not complete the Distributions unless it
receives the Tax Opinion. The Tax Opinion will be based on the accuracy as of
the time of the Distributions of factual representations made
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
   
by U.S. Office Products, the Spin-Off Companies and CDR-PC Acquisition, L.L.C.,
and certain other information, data, documentation and other materials that
Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering has deemed necessary.
    
 
   
    The Tax Opinion will represent Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering's best judgment of
how a court would rule. However, the Tax Opinion is not binding upon either the
IRS or any court. A ruling has not been, and will not be, sought from the IRS
with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Distributions.
    
 
   
    Assuming the Distributions qualify as tax-free spin-offs under Section 355
and are not taxable under Section 355(e), no gain or loss will be recognized by
U.S. Office Products as a result of the Distributions.
    
 
   
    CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A TAX-FREE DISTRIBUTION.  As noted
above, the Tax Opinion is not binding on the IRS or the courts. Prospective
investors should be aware that the requirements of Section 355 pertaining to
business purpose, active trade or business, and absence of a device for
distribution of earnings and profits, as well as the requirements of Section
355(e) pertaining to a plan or series of related transactions to acquire 50% or
more by vote or value of a company, are highly dependent on factual
interpretations, are to a significant extent subjective in nature, and have a
relative absence of authority addressing their application to the particular
facts presented by the Distributions. Accordingly, the IRS and/or a court could
reach a conclusion that differs from the conclusions in the Tax Opinion.
    
 
   
    BUSINESS PURPOSE.  In order for a Distribution to qualify as a tax-free
spin-off under Section 355, it must be motivated, in whole or substantial part,
by one or more corporate business purposes. U.S. Office Products will represent
that the Distributions were motivated, in whole or substantial part, to allow
U.S. Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies to adopt strategies and pursue
objectives that are more appropriate to their respective industries and stages
of growth; to allow the Spin-Off Companies to pursue independent acquisition
programs with a more focused use of resources and, where stock is used as
consideration, to allow the Spin-Off Companies to provide stock of a public
company that is in the same industry as the business being acquired; to allow
U.S. Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies to offer their respective
employees more focused compensation packages; and to make possible the Equity
Investment which the Board of Directors of U.S. Office Products concluded would
contribute to U.S. Office Products' development, based on the skills and
experience of CD&R, Inc. Based on these representations and certain other
information, data, documentation and other materials, Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering
expects to deliver the Tax Opinion at the time of the Distributions stating that
each Distribution satisfies the business purpose requirement of Section 355.
However, although similar rationales have been accepted by the IRS in other
circumstances as sufficient to meet the business purpose requirement of Section
355, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert that the business
purpose requirement is not satisfied.
    
 
   
    ACTIVE TRADE OR BUSINESS.  In order for the distribution of the stock of a
Spin-Off Company (other than Navigant International, Inc. ("Navigant"), the
Spin-Off Company acquiring U.S. Office Products' travel business) to qualify as
a tax-free spin-off under Section 355, both the Spin-Off Company and U.S. Office
Products must be engaged in an active trade or business that has been actively
conducted for the five-year period preceding the Distributions, taking into
account only businesses that have been acquired in transactions in which no gain
or loss was recognized. In order for the distribution of the stock of Navigant
to qualify as a tax-free spin-off under Section 355, substantially all of the
assets of Navigant must consist of the stock of Professional Travel Corporation
("Professional Travel"), and Professional Travel and U.S. Office Products must
meet the requirements described in the preceding sentence. Whether current and
historical business activity constitutes an active trade or business, and
whether any gain or loss should have been recognized in an acquisition
structured and reported as a nontaxable transaction, turn in some instances on
the application of subjective legal standards and on factual determinations,
such as intentions of the parties involved. Based on the representations of U.S.
Office
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
   
Products and the Spin-Off Companies, Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering expects to
deliver the Tax Opinion at the time of the Distributions stating that each
Distribution will satisfy the active trade or business requirement. However,
because of the inherently subjective nature of important elements of the active
trade or business requirement, and because the IRS may challenge the
representations upon which Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering relies, there can be no
assurance that the IRS will not assert that the active trade or business
requirement is not satisfied.
    
 
   
    ABSENCE OF A DEVICE FOR DISTRIBUTION OF EARNINGS AND PROFITS.  A
Distribution will not qualify as a tax-free spin-off under Section 355 if the
Distribution was used principally as a device for the distribution of the
earnings and profits of U.S. Office Products or the Spin-Off Company. Treasury
regulations provide that this test is applied based on all the facts and
circumstances, including the presence or absence of factors described in the
Treasury Regulations as "device factors" and "nondevice factors." Application of
this test is uncertain in part because of its subjective nature. Based on the
representations of U.S. Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies, Wilmer,
Cutler & Pickering expects to deliver the Tax Opinion at the time of the
Distributions stating that none of the Distributions is a transaction used
principally as a device for the distribution of earnings and profits of either
U.S. Office Products or any of the Spin-Off Companies. However, because of the
inherently subjective nature of the device test (including the subjectivity
involved in assigning weight to various factors), and because the IRS may
challenge the representations upon which Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering relies,
there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert that any or all of the
Distributions are transactions used principally as a device for the distribution
of earnings and profits.
    
 
   
    EFFECT OF POST-DISTRIBUTION TRANSACTIONS.  Section 355(e), which was added
in 1997, generally provides that a company that distributes shares of a
subsidiary in a spin-off that is otherwise tax-free will incur U.S. federal
income tax liability if 50% or more, by vote or value, of the capital stock of
either the company making the distribution or the subsidiary is acquired by one
or more persons acting pursuant to a plan or a series of related transactions
that includes the spin-off. Stock acquired by certain related persons is
aggregated in determining whether this 50% test is met. There is a presumption
that any acquisition of 50% or more, by vote or value, of the capital stock of
the company or the subsidiary occurring two years before or after the spin-off
is pursuant to a plan that includes the spin-off. However, the presumption may
be rebutted by establishing that the spin-off and the acquisition are not part
of a plan or a series of related transactions. Based on the representations of
U.S. Office Products, the Spin-Off Companies and CDR-PC, L.L.C., and the
assumption that no Distribution is part of a plan that is outside the knowledge
of U.S. Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies pursuant to which one or more
persons will acquire directly or indirectly 50% or more by vote or value of the
capital stock of U.S. Office Products or of any Spin-Off Company, Wilmer, Cutler
& Pickering expects to deliver the Tax Opinion at the time of the Distributions
stating that the Distributions will not be taxable under Section 355(e).
However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert that any or all
of the Distributions are taxable under Section 355(e).
    
 
   
    If a Distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free spin-off or is taxable
under Section 355(e), U.S. Office Products will recognize gain equal to the
difference between the fair market value of the common stock of the Spin-Off
Company and U.S. Office Products' adjusted tax basis in the common stock of the
Spin-Off Company (on the Distribution Date). If U.S. Office Products were to
recognize gain on one or more Distributions, such gain would likely be
substantial.
    
 
   
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
    
 
   
    The net proceeds to School Specialty from the sale of the       shares of
Common Stock offered pursuant to the Offering and the       shares offered to
Messrs. Spalding, Vander Zanden and Pate are estimated to be approximately
$      million ($      million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $      per
share and before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering
expenses payable by the Company.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
    School Speciality intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering for
general corporate purposes, including working capital and the repayment of a
portion of the $83.3 million of indebtedness incurred to repay the indebtedness
allocated to the Company by U.S. Office Products in connection with the School
Specialty Distribution, and for acquisitions.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    School Specialty does not anticipate declaring and paying cash dividends on
School Specialty Common Stock in the foreseeable future. School Specialty's
ability to pay dividends may be restricted from time to time by financial
covenants in its credit agreements.
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    The pro forma net tangible book value of School Specialty at January 24,
1998 was        , or $   per share of Common Stock, after giving effect to the
School Specialty Distribution. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is
determined by dividing the pro forma net tangible book value (total pro forma
tangible assets less total pro forma liabilities) of School Specialty by the pro
forma number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Without taking into account
any changes in the pro forma net tangible book value of School Specialty, other
than to give effect to the sale of the shares of Common Stock to Messrs.
Spalding, Vander Zanden and Pate and those offered hereby (assuming an initial
public offering price of $     per share and before deducting the estimated
underwriting discount and offering expenses to be paid by the Company) and the
receipt of the net proceeds therefrom, the adjusted pro forma net tangible book
value of School Specialty at January 24, 1998 would have been $         or $
per share of Common Stock. This represents an immediate dilution in net tangible
book value of $    per share to new investors purchasing shares in this
Offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Assumed initial public offering price per share............................             $
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share at January 24, 1998..........  $
  Increase per share attributable to new investors(1)......................
                                                                             ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value after the offering.......................
                                                                                        ---------
Dilution per share to new investors(2)(3)..................................
                                                                                        ---------
                                                                                        ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Before deduction of the estimated underwriting discount and offering
    expenses to be paid by the Company and assuming no exercise of the
    Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
(2) Determined by subtracting the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per
    share after the offering from the amount of cash paid by a new investor for
    one share of Common Stock.
 
   
(3) The foregoing information does not give effect to the issuance of
    shares of Common Stock pursuant to stock options granted or to be granted.
    See "Management--Executive Compensation" and "--Replacement of Outstanding
    U.S. Office Products' Options".
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
   
                                 CAPITALIZATION
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of School Specialty at
January 24, 1998 (i) on an actual basis, (ii) on a pro forma basis to reflect
the refinancing of U.S. Office Products' debt allocated to School Specialty and
the purchase acquisition completed subsequent to January 24, 1998 and (iii) on
such pro forma basis as adjusted to give effect to this Offering and the direct
sale by the Company of          shares of Common Stock to Messrs. Spalding,
Vander Zanden and Pate and the application of a portion of the proceeds
therefrom to the payment of debt (assuming an inital public offering price of
$      per share and no exercise of the Underwriter's overallotment option, but
without deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses).
This table should be read in conjunction with the "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the historical
consolidated financial statements and the pro forma combined financial
statements of School Specialty, and the related notes to each thereof, included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              JANUARY 24, 1998
                                                                          ------------------------    PRO FORMA
                                                                            ACTUAL      PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                          -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>
Short-term debt.........................................................  $       272  $       272   $
Short-term payable to U.S. Office Products..............................       16,873
                                                                          -----------  -----------  --------------
      Total short-term debt.............................................  $    17,145  $       272
                                                                          -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                                          -----------  -----------  --------------
 
Long-term debt..........................................................  $       385  $    82,978
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products...............................       62,470
 
Stockholder's equity:
  Divisional equity.....................................................       93,313       93,313
  Preferred stock (1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares
    outstanding)........................................................
  Common stock, $0.001 par value (150,000,000 shares authorized;
    shares outstanding pro forma;       shares outstanding pro forma, as
    adjusted)(1)........................................................
  Additional paid-in capital............................................
  Retained earnings.....................................................        5,179        5,179
                                                                          -----------  -----------  --------------
      Total stockholder's equity........................................       98,492       98,492
                                                                          -----------  -----------  --------------
      Total capitalization..............................................  $   161,347  $   181,470   $
                                                                          -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                                          -----------  -----------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1)  Outstanding shares do not include shares authorized for issuance upon
    exercise of stock options granted or to be granted. See
    "Management--Replacement of Outstanding U.S. Office Products' Options" and
    "--Employee Stock Option Plan".
    
 
   
                                       19
    
<PAGE>
   
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
    
 
   
    The Selected Financial Data provided herein should be read in conjunction
with the historical financial statements, including the notes thereto, the pro
forma financial information, including the notes thereto, and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", all
of which appear elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
    The historical Selected Financial Data for the years ended December 31, 1994
and 1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996 and the fiscal year ended April
26, 1997 (except pro forma amounts) have been derived from School Specialty's
consolidated financial statements that have been audited and are included
elsewhere in the Prospectus. The historical Selected Financial Data for the
years ended December 31, 1992 and 1993 have been derived from unaudited
consolidated financial statements which are not included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The Selected Financial Data for the nine months ended January 25,
1997 and January 24, 1998 (except pro forma amounts) have been derived from
unaudited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this
Prospectus. These unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared
on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the
opinion of management, contain all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring
accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the
periods presented.
    
 
   
    The pro forma financial data gives effect, as applicable, to the refinancing
of U.S. Office Products' debt allocated to School Specialty and the acquisitions
completed by the Company since May 1, 1996 as if all such acquisitions had been
consummated by May 1, 1996. The unaudited pro forma combined financial data
discussed herein does not purport to represent the results that the Company
would have obtained had the transactions which are the subject of the pro forma
adjustments occurred at the beginning of the applicable periods, as assumed, or
the future results of the Company. See additional disclosure regarding pro forma
results in the Financial Statements section.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
   
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    HISTORICAL(1)
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              FOUR MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            ENDED
                                        ------------------------------------   APRIL 30,    FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                         1992     1993      1994      1995       1996       APRIL 26, 1997(2)
                                        -------  -------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------------
<S>                                     <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues..............................  $65,042  $76,926  $119,510  $150,482    $28,616         $     191,746
Cost of revenues......................   48,111   56,280    87,750   105,757     20,201               136,577
                                        -------  -------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------------
Gross profit..........................   16,931   20,646    31,760    44,725      8,415                55,169
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses............................   17,729   18,294    27,281    39,869     10,307                43,462
Non-recurring acquisition costs.......    1,048                                   1,122                 1,792
Restructuring costs...................                                 2,532                              194
                                        -------  -------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------------
Operating income (loss)...............   (1,846)   2,352     4,479     2,324     (3,014)                9,721
Interest expense......................    1,660    1,845     3,007     5,536      1,461                 4,197
Interest income.......................                                               (6)
Other (income) expense................       99      228       (86)      (18)        67                 )(196
                                        -------  -------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------------
Income (loss) before provision for
  (benefit from) income taxes.........   (3,605)     279     1,558    (3,194)    (4,536)                5,720
Provision for (benefit from) income
  taxes(3)............................      216      199       218       173        139                (2,412)
                                        -------  -------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------------
Net income (loss).....................  $(3,821) $    80  $  1,340  $ (3,367)   $(4,675)        $       8,132
                                        -------  -------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------------
                                        -------  -------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------------
Net income per share(4):..............
    Basic                               $ (0.09) $  0.00  $   0.03  $  (0.06)   $ (0.06)        $        0.09
    Diluted                             $ (0.09) $  0.00  $   0.03  $  (0.06)   $ (0.06)        $        0.09
 
Weighted average shares
  outstanding(4):.....................
    Basic                                44,260   44,260    45,562    59,059     77,501                90,026
    Diluted                              44,260   44,260    45,704    60,024     79,100                91,761
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PRO FORMA (2)
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED                                  NINE MONTHS
                                        -----------------------------------                            ENDED
                                          JANUARY 25,        JANUARY 24,      FISCAL YEAR ENDED   ----------------
                                            1997(2)            1998(2)         APRIL 26, 1997     JANUARY 25, 1997
                                        ----------------   ----------------   -----------------   ----------------
<S>                                     <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues..............................      $159,977           $247,880           $     350,760       $292,244
Cost of revenues......................       114,380            176,501                 244,396        203,705
                                        ----------------   ----------------   -----------------   ----------------
Gross profit..........................        45,597             71,379                 106,364         88,539
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses............................        33,396             50,999                  85,430         66,926
Non-recurring acquisition costs.......         1,792                                      1,792          1,792
Restructuring costs...................                                                      194
                                        ----------------   ----------------   -----------------   ----------------
Operating income (loss)...............        10,409             20,380                  18,948         19,821
Interest expense......................         3,358              4,100                   7,300          5,535
Interest income.......................          (101)              (109)
Other (income) expense................          (204)               441                   )(158           (174)
                                        ----------------   ----------------   -----------------   ----------------
Income (loss) before provision for
  (benefit from) income taxes.........         7,356             15,948                  11,806         14,460
Provision for (benefit from) income
  taxes(3)............................         3,750              7,113                      92          6,651
                                        ----------------   ----------------   -----------------   ----------------
Net income (loss).....................      $  3,606           $  8,835           $      11,714       $  7,809
                                        ----------------   ----------------   -----------------   ----------------
                                        ----------------   ----------------   -----------------   ----------------
Net income per share(4):..............
    Basic                                   $   0.04           $   0.08           $        0.11       $   0.07
    Diluted                                 $   0.04           $   0.08           $        0.11       $   0.07
Weighted average shares
  outstanding(4):.....................
    Basic                                     85,978            114,758                 109,895        109,895
    Diluted                                   87,824            117,185                 109,895        109,895
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                        JANUARY 24, 1998
                                        ----------------
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues..............................      $321,010
Cost of revenues......................       228,512
                                        ----------------
Gross profit..........................        92,498
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses............................        66,951
Non-recurring acquisition costs.......
Restructuring costs...................
                                        ----------------
Operating income (loss)...............        25,547
Interest expense......................         5,535
Interest income.......................
Other (income) expense................           520
                                        ----------------
Income (loss) before provision for
  (benefit from) income taxes.........        19,492
Provision for (benefit from) income
  taxes(3)............................         8,966
                                        ----------------
Net income (loss).....................      $ 10,526
                                        ----------------
                                        ----------------
Net income per share(4):..............
    Basic                                   $   0.10
    Diluted                                 $   0.10
Weighted average shares
  outstanding(4):.....................
    Basic                                    109,895
    Diluted                                  109,895
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 DECEMBER
                                                                                                                   31,
                                                                                                                ----------
                                                                                                                   1992
                                                                                                                ----------
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).....................................................................................  $      (51)
Total assets..................................................................................................      21,905
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................................................       8,205
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products.....................................................................
Stockholder's (deficit) equity................................................................................        (365)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                                   1993
                                                                                                                ----------
<S>                                                                                                <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).....................................................................................  $    1,140
Total assets..................................................................................................      23,190
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................................................       7,175
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products.....................................................................
Stockholder's (deficit) equity................................................................................         545
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                                   1994
                                                                                                                ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).....................................................................................  $    3,512
Total assets..................................................................................................      44,267
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................................................      11,675
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products.....................................................................
Stockholder's (deficit) equity................................................................................       1,827
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                                   1995
                                                                                                                ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).....................................................................................  $   (1,052)
Total assets..................................................................................................      54,040
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................................................      15,294
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products.....................................................................
Stockholder's (deficit) equity................................................................................        (620)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                                 APRIL 30,
                                                                                                                   1996
                                                                                                                -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).....................................................................................  $    (3,663)
Total assets..................................................................................................       54,573
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................................................       15,031
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products.....................................................................
Stockholder's (deficit) equity................................................................................       (4,267)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                                 APRIL 26,
                                                                                                                   1997
                                                                                                                -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).....................................................................................  $    14,460
Total assets..................................................................................................       87,685
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................................................          566
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products.....................................................................       33,226
Stockholder's (deficit) equity................................................................................       16,329
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                JANUARY 24,
                                                                                                                   1998
                                                                                                                -----------
 
                                                                                                                  ACTUAL
                                                                                                                -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).....................................................................................  $    43,613
Total assets..................................................................................................      201,207
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................................................          385
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products.....................................................................       62,470
Stockholder's (deficit) equity................................................................................       98,492
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                                    PRO
 
                                                                                                                 FORMA (5)
 
                                                                                                                -----------
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).....................................................................................  $    60,586
 
Total assets..................................................................................................      204,457
 
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................................................       82,978
 
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products.....................................................................
Stockholder's (deficit) equity................................................................................       98,492
 
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) The historical financial information of the Pooled Companies have been
    combined on a historical cost basis in accordance with GAAP to present this
    financial data as if the Pooled Companies had always been members of the
    same operating group. The financial information of the Purchased Companies
    is included from the dates of their respective acquisitions. The pro forma
    financial data reflect acquisitions completed by School Specialty through
    May 1, 1998.
    
 
   
(2) The pro forma financial data give effect to the refinancing of U.S. Office
    Products' debt allocated to School Specialty and the purchase acquisitions
    completed by School Specialty since May 1, 1996 as if all such transactions
    had occurred on May 1, 1996. The pro forma statement of income data are not
    necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have been
    achieved had these events actually then occurred and should not be construed
    as representative of future operating results.
    
 
   
(3) Results for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and the 12 months ended
    January 24, 1998 (historical and pro forma) include benefit from income
    taxes of $2.4 million arising from the reversal of a $5.3 million valuation
    allowance in the quarter ended April 26, 1997. The valuation allowance had
    been established in fiscal 1995 to offset the tax benefit from net operating
    loss carryforwards included in the Company's deferred tax assets, because at
    the time it was not likely that such tax benefit would be realized. The
    valuation allowance was reversed subsequent to the Company's being acquired
    by U.S. Office Products, because it was deemed "more likely than not", based
    on improved results, that such tax benefit would be realized. The difference
    between the effective pro forma tax rate of 46% and the statutory rate of
    35% for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and January 24, 1998 relates
    primarily to state taxes and non-deductible goodwill. The difference between
    the effective pro forma tax rate and the statutory tax rate for the fiscal
    year ended April 26, 1997 relates primarily to state taxes and nondeductible
    goodwill, offset by the reversal of the valuation allowance.
    
 
   
(4) For calculation of the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding for the
    fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and for the nine months ended January 24,
    1998 and January 25, 1997, see Note (h) of Notes to Pro Forma Combined
    Financial Statements included herein. The pro forma net income per share and
    pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, as adjusted to give effect to
    the sale of shares to Messrs. Spalding, Vander Zanden and Pate and the
    Offering would have been:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  FISCAL YEAR ENDED   ------------------------------------
                                                                    APRIL 26, 1997    JANUARY 25, 1997   JANUARY 24, 1998
                                                                  ------------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>                <C>
Pro forma net income per share, as adjusted:
  Basic.........................................................
  Diluted.......................................................
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic.........................................................
  Diluted.......................................................
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                    TWELVE MONTHS
                                                                        ENDED
                                                                  -----------------
                                                                  JANUARY 24, 1998
                                                                  -----------------
<S>                                                               <C>
Pro forma net income per share, as adjusted:
  Basic.........................................................
  Diluted.......................................................
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic.........................................................
  Diluted.......................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(5) The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the refinancing of U.S.
    Office Products' debt allocated to School Specialty and the purchase
    acquisition of Education Access, the only acquisition completed by School
    Specialty subsequent to January 24, 1998, as if such transactions had
    occurred on January 24, 1998. The pro forma balance sheet data are not
    necessarily indicative of the financial position that would have been
    achieved had these events actually then occurred and should not be construed
    as representative of future financial position.
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
OVERVIEW
    
 
    School Specialty is the largest U.S. distributor focusing on non-textbook
educational supplies and furniture for grades pre-K-12. The Company provides a
comprehensive offering of high quality educational supplies and furniture to
school districts, school administrators and teachers through the broad
distribution of its catalogs. Specialty brands, which target specific curriculum
disciplines, include Childcraft, which sells to the early childhood market; Sax
Arts & Crafts, which distributes a broad line of art supplies and materials; and
Gresswell, which distributes library-related products in the United Kingdom.
 
   
    Revenues have increased from $65.0 million in the fiscal year ended December
31, 1992 to $279.6 million for the twelve months ended January 24, 1998. This
increase resulted primarily from 15 acquisitions, 14 of which have occurred
since May 1996, as well as internally generated growth.
    
 
    School Specialty's gross profit margins have improved by achieving increased
buying power and by acquiring specialty companies which usually have higher
gross margins than the Company's general products divisions. The Company expects
gross profit margins to be further enhanced by acquiring additional specialty
companies and continuing to improve its purchasing power.
 
   
    School Specialty's operating margin has improved significantly over the last
several years. This improvement reflects the Company's acquisition of specialty
companies which have higher operating margins than the Company's general
products divisions. In addition, operating margins have increased as the Company
has reduced selling, general and administrative expenses of acquired companies
by eliminating redundant administrative functions. Currently, nine of the ten
general school supply companies acquired since May 1996 have been integrated.
However, the Company believes that the full benefit of the integrations has not
yet been realized as there continue to be opportunities for the Company to
eliminate redundant costs.
    
 
   
    The benefit from income taxes in Fiscal 1997 of $2.4 million reflects the
reversal of a $5.3 million deferred tax valuation allowance in the fourth
quarter. The Company believes an effective income tax rate of 46%, which is used
in the pro forma financial statements for the most recent interim period, is
more representative of future effective income tax rates. See "--Consolidated
Historical Results of Operations".
    
 
    School Specialty's business and working capital needs are highly seasonal
with peak sales levels occurring from May through October. During this period,
the Company receives, ships and bills the majority of its orders so that schools
and teachers receive their merchandise by the start of each school year. School
Specialty's inventory levels increase in April through July in anticipation of
the peak selling season. The majority of cash receipts are collected from
September through December.
 
   
    In the past, the Company has recorded restructuring costs associated with
consolidation of warehouse facilities. These costs typically include: costs to
exit the facility, such as rent under remaining lease terms, occupancy,
relocation costs and facility restoration; employee costs, such as severance;
and asset impairment costs. The Company expects to incur such costs in the
future as it continues to integrate acquired companies. Based on the additional
time and resources expected to be involved in the development, review and
approval of any such restructuring plans, the Company cannot presently predict
if a restructuring charge will be incurred and, if incurred, the timing or
overall magnitude of such a charge. In addition, the Company anticipates
recording certain material one-time non-recurring costs primarily consisting of
write-down of deferred catalog costs, employee severance and asset impairment
costs in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998.
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
    School Speciality is a Delaware corporation formed in February 1998 to hold
the Educational Supplies and Products Division of U.S. Office Products, which
acquired School Specialty, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation ("Old School"), in May
1996 and Re-Print in July 1996. The Company's consolidated financial statements
give retroactive effect to these two business combinations under the pooling-of-
interests method (Old School and Re-Print are referred to as the "Pooled
Companies") and include the results of companies acquired in business
combinations accounted for under the purchase method from their respective dates
of acquisition. Prior to their respective dates of acquisition by U.S. Office
Products, the Pooled Companies reported results on years ending on December 31.
Upon acquisition by U.S. Office Products and effective for the fiscal year ended
April 26, 1997 ("fiscal 1997"), the Pooled Companies changed their year-ends
from December 31 to conform to U.S. Office Products' fiscal year, which ends on
the last Saturday in April.
    
 
   
    The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company's
consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and pro forma
financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    The following table sets forth various items as a percentage of revenues on
a historical basis for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, fiscal 1997
and for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and January 24, 1998, and on a
pro forma basis for fiscal 1997 and for the nine months ended January 25, 1997
and January 24, 1998 reflecting the refinancing of the U.S. Office Products debt
allocated to School Specialty and the companies acquired since May 1, 1996 in
business combinations accounted for under the purchase method as if such
transactions had occurred on May 1, 1996.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           PRO FORMA
                                                    HISTORICAL                                    ----------------------------
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      FISCAL YEAR                                  FISCAL YEAR    NINE MONTHS
                          FOR THE YEAR ENDED             ENDED           NINE MONTHS ENDED            ENDED          ENDED
                   --------------------------------  -------------  ----------------------------  -------------  -------------
                    DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,      APRIL 26,     JANUARY 25,    JANUARY 24,     APRIL 26,     JANUARY 25,
                        1994             1995            1997           1997           1998           1997           1997
                   ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues.........         100.0%           100.0%          100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%
Cost of
  revenues.......          73.4             70.3            71.2           71.5           71.2           69.7           69.7
                        -------          -------     -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Gross profit...          26.6             29.7            28.8           28.5           28.8           30.3           30.3
Selling, general
  and
  administrative
  expenses.......          22.9             26.5            22.7           20.9           20.6           24.3           22.9
Non-recurring
  acquisition
  costs..........                                            0.9            1.1                           0.5            0.6
Restructuring
  costs..........                            1.7             0.1
                        -------          -------     -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Operating
    income.......           3.7              1.5             5.1            6.5            8.2            5.4            6.8
Interest expense,
  net............           2.5              3.6             2.1            2.1            2.2            1.7            1.9
Other (income)...          (0.1)                            (0.1)          (0.1)           0.1                          (0.1)
                        -------          -------     -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Income (Loss)
  before
  provision for
  income taxes...           1.3             (2.1)            3.0            4.5            6.4            3.3            5.0
Provision for
  (benefit from)
  income taxes...           0.2              0.1            (1.3)           2.3            2.9            0.0            2.3
                        -------          -------     -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income
  (Loss).........           1.1%            (2.2)%           4.3%           2.2%           3.5%           3.3%           2.7%
                        -------          -------     -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                        -------          -------     -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                    JANUARY 24,
                       1998
                   -------------
<S>                <C>
Revenues.........        100.0%
Cost of
  revenues.......         71.2
                   -------------
  Gross profit...         28.8
Selling, general
  and
  administrative
  expenses.......         20.8
Non-recurring
  acquisition
  costs..........
Restructuring
  costs..........
                   -------------
  Operating
    income.......          8.0
Interest expense,
  net............          1.7
Other (income)...           .2
                   -------------
Income (Loss)
  before
  provision for
  income taxes...          6.1
Provision for
  (benefit from)
  income taxes...          2.8
                   -------------
Net income
  (Loss).........          3.3%
                   -------------
                   -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
   
CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
    NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 24, 1998 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 25,
     1997
    
 
   
    Consolidated revenues increased 54.9%, from $160.0 million for the nine
months ended January 25, 1997, to $247.9 million for the nine months ended
January 24, 1998. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion of revenues
from the seven companies acquired in business combinations accounted for under
the purchase method during the nine months ended January 24, 1998 (the "Fiscal
1998 Purchased Companies") from their respective dates of acquisition and
revenues from the Fiscal 1997 Purchased Companies for the entire nine month
period. Revenues also increased due to sales to new accounts, increased sales to
existing customers and higher pricing on certain products in response to
increased product costs.
    
 
   
    Gross profit increased 56.5%, from $45.6 million, or 28.5% of revenues, for
the nine months ended January 25, 1997 to $71.4 million, or 28.8% of revenues,
for the nine months ended January 24, 1998. The increase in gross profit as a
percentage of revenues was due primarily to an increase in revenues from higher
margin products, primarily as a result of the purchase acquisitions of three
companies selling higher margin specialty product lines during the nine months
ended January 24, 1998, and as a result of improved purchasing power and rebate
programs negotiated with vendors.
    
 
   
    Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 52.7%, from $33.4
million, or 20.9% of revenues, for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 to
$51.0 million, or 20.6% of revenues, for the nine months ended January 24, 1998.
The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
revenues was due primarily to efficiencies generated from the elimination of
certain redundant administrative functions, including purchasing, accounting,
finance and information systems of the Fiscal 1997 Purchased Companies and the
consolidation of two warehouses into one regional facility in the Northeastern
U.S during the third quarter of fiscal 1997. School Specialty has established a
24-month integration process in which a transition team is assigned to (i) sell
or discontinue incompatible business units, (ii) reduce the number of SKUs,
(iii) eliminate redundant administrative functions, (iv) integrate the acquired
entity's MIS system, and (v) improve buying power. However, the length of time
it takes the Company to fully implement its strategy for assimilating an
acquired company can vary depending on the nature of the company acquired and
the season in which it is acquired.
    
 
   
    The Company incurred non-recurring acquisition costs of $1.8 million for the
nine months ended January 25, 1997, in conjunction with the acquisition of the
Pooled Companies. These non-recurring acquisition costs included accounting,
legal, investment-banking fees, real estate and environmental assessments and
appraisals and various regulatory fees. Generally accepted accounting principles
("GAAP") require the Company to expense all acquisition costs (both those paid
by the Company and those paid by the sellers of the acquired companies) related
to business combinations accounted for under the pooling-of-interest method of
accounting. In accordance with GAAP, the Company will be unable to utilize the
pooling-of-interests method to account for acquisitions for a period of two
years following the completion of the Strategic Restructuring Plan. During this
period, the Company will not reflect any non-recurring acquisition costs in its
results of operations, as all costs incurred of this nature would be related to
acquisitions accounted for under the purchase method and would, therefore, be
capitalized as a portion of the purchase consideration. See "Risk Factors--Risks
Related to Inability to Use Pooling-of-Interests Method to Account for Future
Acquisitions". Interest has been allocated to the Company based upon the
Company's average outstanding payable balance with U.S. Office Products at U.S.
Office Products' weighted average interest rate during such period.
    
 
   
    Interest expense, net of interest income, increased 22.1%, from $3.3 million
for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 to $4.1 million for the nine months
ended January 24, 1998.
    
 
   
    Provision for income taxes increased from tax expense of $3.8 million for
the nine months ended January 25, 1997 to tax expense of $7.1 million for the
nine months ended January 24, 1998, reflecting
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
effective income tax rates of 51.0% and 44.6%, respectively. The high effective
income tax rates for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and January 24,
1998, compared to the federal statutory rate of 35.0%, was primarily due to
state income taxes and non-deductible goodwill amortization.
    
 
YEAR ENDED APRIL 26, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
    Consolidated revenues increased 27.4%, from $150.5 million in 1995, to
$191.7 million in fiscal 1997. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion,
for fiscal 1997, of revenues from the Fiscal 1997 Purchased Companies from their
respective dates of acquisition, sales to new accounts, increased sales to
existing customers and higher pricing on certain products in response to
increased product costs.
 
    Gross profit increased 23.4%, from $44.7 million, or 29.7% of revenues, in
1995 to $55.2 million, or 28.8% of revenues, in fiscal 1997. The decrease in
gross profit as a percentage of revenues was due primarily to a shift in revenue
mix, resulting from the acquisition of the Fiscal 1997 Purchased Companies,
which traditionally had lower gross profits as a percentage of revenues. This
decrease was partially offset by improved purchasing and rebate programs
negotiated with vendors and the Company's ability to take advantage of term
discounts due to improved cash flows.
 
   
    Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 9.0%, from $39.9
million, or 26.5% of revenues, in 1995 to $43.5 million, or 22.7% of revenues,
in fiscal 1997. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as
a percentage of revenues was due primarily to the consolidation of two
warehouses into one regional facility in the Northeastern U.S. during third
quarter of fiscal 1997, the elimination of certain redundant administrative
functions of a company acquired during 1995 in a business combination accounted
for under the purchase method (the "1995 Purchased Company") and reduced
executive compensation expense at one of the Pooled Companies after being
acquired by U.S. Office Products in July 1996.
    
 
   
    The Company has historically utilized grants of employee stock options as a
method of incentivizing employees by increasing their ownership interests in the
Company, which also has the effect of more closely aligning their interests with
the interests of stockholders of the Company. As a result, if the Company had
recorded compensation expense based upon the fair market value of the stock
options on the dates of grant under the methodology prescribed by SFAS 123, the
Company's income from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended April 26,
1997 would have been reduced by approximately $0.7 million or 7.7%.
    
 
   
    The Company incurred non-recurring acquisition costs of $1.8 million in
fiscal 1997, in conjunction with business combinations accounted for under the
pooling-of-interests method. These non-recurring acquisition costs included
accounting, legal, investment-banking fees, real estate and environmental
assessments and appraisals and various regulatory fees.
    
 
   
    The Company incurred restructuring costs of $2.5 million and $194,000 during
1995 and fiscal 1997, respectively. These costs represent the external costs and
liabilities to close redundant Company facilities, severance costs related to
the Company's employees and other costs associated with the Company's
restructuring plans. The Company expects to incur similar costs in the future as
the Company continues to review its operations, with the intention of continuing
to eliminate redundant facilities. See "Business-- Cost Reduction and Other
Efficiencies".
    
 
   
    Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased 24.2%, from $5.5 million
in 1995 to $4.2 million in fiscal 1997. The decrease was due primarily to the
repayment of substantially all of the Company's debt in conjunction with the
acquisition of the Pooled Companies by U.S. Office Products and lower interest
rates being charged on the Company's short-term and long-term debt with U.S.
Office Products.
    
 
   
    Provision for income taxes decreased from $173,000 in 1995 to a tax benefit
of $2.4 million in fiscal 1997, reflecting effective income tax rates of -5.4%
and -42.2%, respectively. The provision for income taxes in 1995 is a result of
the Company recording a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
resulting from the net operating loss carry forwards created during 1995. The
benefit from income taxes in Fiscal 1997 of $2.4 million arose from the reversal
of a $5.3 million deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the fourth quarter.
The valuation allowance had been established by one of the Pooled Companies
prior to acquisition and consisted primarily of a reserve against the tax
benefit of net operating loss carryforwards. The Company believes that the
effective income tax rate of 46% used in the pro forma interim financial
statements is more representative of future effective income tax rates.
    
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
   
    Consolidated revenues increased 25.9%, from $119.5 million in 1994, to
$150.5 million in 1995. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion in 1995
of the 1995 Purchased Company from its date of acquisition and revenues from one
company acquired in a business combination accounted for under the purchase
method of accounting during 1994 (the "1994 Purchased Company") for the entire
year.
    
 
    Gross profit increased 40.8%, from $31.8 million, or 26.6% of revenues, in
1994 to $44.7 million, or 29.7% of revenues, in 1995. The increase in gross
profit as a percentage of revenues was due primarily to a shift in revenue mix,
primarily attributed to the acquisition of the 1995 Purchased Company, which had
a higher gross profit as a percentage of revenues and a reduction in lower
margin bid revenues.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 46.1%, from $27.3
million, or 22.9% of revenues, in 1994 to $39.9 million, or 26.5% of revenues,
in 1995. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of revenues was due primarily to the 1994 and 1995 Purchased
Companies, which operated with higher levels of selling general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues.
 
    Interest expense, net of interest income, increased 84.1%, from $3.0 million
in 1994 to $5.5 million in 1995. The increase was due primarily to additional
borrowings to finance the acquisition of the 1995 Purchased Company, a full year
of interest expense on debt incurred to finance the acquisition of the 1994
Purchased Company and higher average borrowings on the Company's revolving
credit facility resulting from financing the operations of the 1994 and 1995
Purchased Companies.
 
   
    Provision for income taxes decreased from $218,000 in 1994 to $173,000 in
1995, reflecting effective income tax rates of 14.0% and -5.4%, respectively.
The low effective income tax rate in 1994 is due to the Company's utilization of
a net operating loss carryforward the benefit of which had not been reflected as
income in prior years.
    
 
   
CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
    The unaudited pro forma combined financial data does not purport to
represent the results that the Company would have obtained had the transactions
which are the subject of pro forma adjustments occurred May 1, 1996, as assumed,
and are not necessarily representative of the Company's results of operations in
any future period.
    
 
   
    NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 25, 1997 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 24,
     1998
    
 
   
    Pro forma revenues increased 9.8%, from $292.2 million for the nine months
ended January 25, 1997, to $321.0 million for the nine months ended January 24,
1998. This increase was primarily due to sales to new accounts, increased sales
to existing customers, and higher pricing on certain products in response to
increased product costs. Product cost is the most significant element in cost of
revenues. Inbound freight, occupancy and delivery charges are also included in
cost of revenues.
    
 
   
    Gross profit increased 4.5%, from $88.5 million, or 30.3% of revenues, for
the nine months ended January 25, 1997 to $92.5 million, or 28.8% of revenues,
for the nine months ended January 24, 1998. The decrease in gross profit as a
percentage of revenues was primarily due to higher freight costs as a result of
the UPS strike in the summer of 1997 and the discontinuation of higher margin
retail operations
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
at some of the six companies acquired during fiscal 1997 in business
combinations accounted for under the purchase method ("the Fiscal 1997 Purchased
Companies").
    
 
   
    Selling, general and administrative expenses include selling expenses (the
most significant component of which is sales wages and commissions), catalog
costs, general administrative overhead (which includes information systems and
customer service), and accounting, legal, human resources and purchasing
expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses were $66.9 million, or
22.9% of revenues, for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and $67.0 million,
or 20.9% of revenues, for the nine months ended January 24, 1998. The decrease
in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues
reflects the elimination of certain redundant administrative functions,
including purchasing, accounting, finance and information systems of the Fiscal
1997 Purchased Companies and the consolidation of two warehouses into one
regional facility in the Northeastern U.S. during the third quarter of fiscal
1997. The Company has a 24-month integration strategy to consolidate operations
of purchased businesses; however, the length of time it takes for the Company to
fully implement its strategy for assimilating an acquired company can vary
depending on the nature of the company acquired and the season in which it is
acquired. See "Business--Company Strengths--Ability to Integrate Acquisitions."
The decrease in selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of
revenues was partly offset by the inclusion of the pro forma results of
Education Access, which the Company acquired out of a bankruptcy proceeding in
March 1998.
    
 
   
    Provision for income taxes increased 28.9% from $6.7 million for the nine
months ended January 25, 1997 to $9.0 million for the nine months ended January
24, 1998, reflecting an effective income tax rate of 46.0% in both periods. The
high effective income tax rate, compared to the federal statutory rate of 35.0%,
was primarily due to state income taxes and non-deductible goodwill
amortization.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
    At January 24, 1998, the Company had working capital of $43.6 million. The
Company's capitalization, defined as the sum of long-term debt, long-term
payable to U.S. Office Products and stockholders' equity, at January 24, 1998
was $161.3 million. On a pro forma basis at January 24, 1998, the Company had
working capital of $60.6 million and capitalization of $181.5 million.
    
 
   
    During the nine months ended January 24, 1998, net cash provided by
operating activities was $15.4 million. Net cash used in investing activities
was $96.5 million, including $92.1 million for acquisitions and $4.1 million for
additions to property and equipment. Net cash provided by financing activities
was $81.1 million, including $89.2 million provided by U.S. Office Products to
fund the cash portion of the purchase price and the repayment of debt assumed
with the acquisition of the fiscal 1998 Purchased Companies, $69.8 million of
which was considered a contribution of capital by U.S. Office Products,
partially offset by $8.0 million used to repay indebtedness.
    
 
   
    During the nine months ended January 25, 1997, net cash provided by
operating activities was $4.2 million. Net cash used in investing activities was
$14.7 million, including $7.6 million for acquisitions, $5.3 million for
additions to property and equipment and $1.7 million to pay non-recurring
acquisition costs. Net cash provided by financing activities was $11.2 million,
including $55.0 million provided by U.S. Office Products to fund the cash
portion of the purchase price and the repayment of debt associated with those
companies acquired during the nine months ended January 25, 1997, partially
offset by $46.9 million used for the repayment of indebtedness, primarily at the
companies acquired during the nine months ended January 25, 1997.
    
 
   
    During fiscal 1997, net cash provided by operating activities was $918,000.
Net cash used in investing activities was $16.7 million, including $7.7 million
for acquisitions, $7.2 million for additions to property and equipment and $1.8
million to pay non-recurring acquisition costs. Net cash provided by financing
activities was $15.8 million, including $59.9 million provided by U.S. Office
Products to fund the cash portion of the purchase price and the repayment of
debt associated with the fiscal 1997 Purchased
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
Companies and the payment of debt of the Pooled Companies, partially offset by
$46.9 million used for the net repayment of indebtedness, primarily at the
fiscal 1997 Purchased Companies.
 
    During 1995, net cash provided by operating activities was $4.8 million. Net
cash used in investing activities was $6.0 million, including $5.4 million for
acquisitions and $881,000 for additions to property and equipment. Net cash
provided by financing activities was $1.2 million, including net proceeds from
the issuance of debt of $2.4 million and $500,000 received from the issuance of
common stock partially offset by payments of indebtedness of $1.5 million.
 
    During 1994, net cash used in operating activities was $268,000. Net cash
used in investing activities was $2.9 million, including $2.1 million for
acquisitions and $630,000 for additions to property and equipment. Net cash
provided by financing activities was $3.2 million, consisting of proceeds from
the issuance of debt of $5.1 million, partially offset by payments of
indebtedness of $2.0 million.
 
   
    The Company's anticipated capital expenditures budget for the next twelve
months is approximately $3.0 million. The largest items include operational and
financial reporting software, computer hardware and warehouse equipment.
    
 
   
    School Specialty intends to use a portion of the net proceeds of this
Offering to repay a portion of the $83.3 million of U.S. Office Products debt
assumed by School Specialty. The remainder of the net proceeds of this Offering
will be retained by School Specialty for general corporate purposes, including
working capital, and for acquisitions.
    
 
   
    The Company expects that the Distribution Agreement with U.S. Office
Products will result in an allocation of $83.3 million of debt by U.S. Office
Products and a capital contribution of $69.8 million by U.S. Office Products as
of January 24, 1998. The Company has received a committment letter for a secured
$250.0 million revolving credit facility from NationsBank, N.A. as
administrative agent. NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, one of the
Underwriters and an affiliate of NationsBank, N.A., is the Arranger and
Syndication Agent. The credit facility terminates five years from the
Distribution Date. The committment letter provides that interest on borrowings
under the credit facility will accrue interest at a rate of, at the Company's
option, either LIBOR plus 1.00% or the lender's base rate, plus a margin of 0%
to .25% for up to the first 6 months under the agreement. Thereafter, the
interest will accrue at a rate of (i) LIBOR plus a range of .625% to 1.625% or
(ii) the lender's base rate plus a range of .125% to .250% (depending on the
Company's leverage ratio of funded debt to EBITDA). Indebtedness will be secured
by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The credit facility will be
subject to terms and conditions typical of facilities of such size and is
governed by certain financial covenants. The closing of the credit facility is
conditioned on, among other things, the consummation of the School Specialty
Distribution. The Company expects that at or about the time of the Offering the
credit facility will be used to repay the debt allocated by U.S. Office Products
and to fund working capital and capital expenditure needs. The Company expects
that a portion of the credit facility will also be available to fund the cash
portion of future acquisitions, subject to the maintenance of required
covenants.
    
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The Company's business is subject to seasonal influences. The Company's
historical revenues and profitability have been dramatically higher in the first
two quarters of its fiscal year (May-October) primarily due to increased
shipments to customers coinciding with the start of each school year.
 
    Quarterly results also may be materially affected by the timing of
acquisitions, the timing and magnitude of costs related to such acquisitions,
variations in the prices paid by the Company for the products it sells, the mix
of products sold and general economic conditions. Moreover, the operating
margins of companies acquired by the Company may differ substantially from those
of the Company, which could contribute to the further fluctuation in its
quarterly operating results. Therefore, results for
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
any quarter are not indicative of the results that the Company may achieve for
any subsequent fiscal quarter or for a full fiscal year.
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain unaudited consolidated quarterly
financial data for the year ended December 31, 1995, fiscal 1997 and the first
three quarters of fiscal 1998 (in thousands). The information has been derived
from unaudited consolidated financial statements that in the opinion of
management reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of such quarterly information. This
quarterly information is not comparative because of the high degree of
seasonability in School Specialty's business. Revenues and profitability are
significantly higher in the months of May through October, with the most
significant portion of revenue and profit occurring in the months of July
through September. On a fiscal year basis (years ending in April) this six month
(May through October) period falls in the first two quarters of the fiscal year.
On a calendar year basis, the most profitable three months (July through
September) fall in the third quarter.
    
 
   
    For the year ended April 26,1997, fourth quarter net income was increased by
$5.3 million due to the reversal of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance.
See Note 5 to "Selected Financial Data".
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                            -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                              FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH      TOTAL
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Revenues..................................  $  18,760  $  36,702  $  69,192  $  25,828  $ 150,482
Gross profit..............................      4,960     11,130     20,795      7,840     44,725
Operating income (loss)...................     (3,014)     1,196      8,934     (4,792)     2,324
Net income (loss).........................     (3,711)      (252)     4,309     (3,713)    (3,367)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                          YEAR ENDED APRIL 26, 1997
                                            -----------------------------------------------------
                                              FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH      TOTAL
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues..................................  $  58,991  $  71,682  $  29,304  $  31,769  $ 191,746
Gross profit..............................     18,110     19,823      7,664      9,572     55,169
Operating income (loss)...................      5,197      6,732     (1,520)      (688)     9,721
Net income (loss).........................      1,981      2,692     (1,067)     4,526      8,132
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 24, 1998
                                                     ------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                       FIRST     SECOND      THIRD      TOTAL
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Revenues...........................................  $  87,029  $ 111,460  $  49,391  $ 247,880
Gross profit.......................................     26,090     33,619     11,670     71,379
Operating income (loss)............................     11,872     12,155     (3,647)    20,380
Net income (loss)..................................      5,804      5,965     (2,934)     8,835
</TABLE>
    
 
INFLATION
 
    The Company does not believe that inflation has had a material impact on its
results of operations during the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 or the
fiscal year ended April 26, 1997.
 
   
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
    
 
    REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME.  In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 130.
"Reporting Comprehensive Income". SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues,
expenses, gains, and losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial
statements. SFAS No. 130 requires that all items that are required to be
recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be
reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as
other financial statements. SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1997. Reclassification of financial statements for earlier
periods provided for comparative purposes is required. The Company intends to
adopt SFAS No. 130 in fiscal 1999.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                               INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    The school supply market consists of the sale of non-textbook school
supplies, furniture and equipment to school districts, individual schools,
teachers and curriculum specialists who purchase products for school and
classroom use. According to data collected by the NSSEA, sales of educational
supplies and equipment (which is defined by NSSEA as educational products sold
by dealers for use by educational institutions or as a supplement to learning
outside of the classroom) to the school supply market is approximately $6.1
billion, with over $3.6 billion sold to institutions and $2.5 billion sold to
consumers.
 
    According to the U.S. Department of Education, in all 50 states, there are
15,996 school districts, 108,577 public and private elementary and secondary
schools, and 3.1 million teachers. School supply procurement decisions are made
at the school district level by administrators and curriculum specialists, at
the school level by principals and at the classroom level by teachers. Some
school supplies are purchased directly from manufacturers while others are
purchased through distributors. The NSSEA study states that there are over 3,400
distributors of school supplies. The majority of these distributors are family-
or employee-owned companies with revenues under $20 million that operate in a
single region. In addition to School Specialty, only two other companies have a
measurable presence in the market, with annual revenues in excess of $130
million. School Specialty believes the demand for timely order fulfillment at
competitive prices, combined with the need to invest in automated inventory
management systems and electronic ordering systems, is accelerating the trend
toward consolidation in the industry.
 
    The volume of school supplies is directly influenced by the size of the
student population. According to the U.S. Department of Education, student
enrollment in grades K-12 began growing in 1986, reaching an all-time peak in
1996 with 51.5 million students (1997 data not yet available). Current
projections by the U.S. Department of Education indicate that student enrollment
will continue to grow to 54.3 million by the year 2006. As a result of these
trends, the U.S. Department of Education projects that expenditures in public
elementary and secondary schools will rise through the year 2007. In current
dollars, expenditures of $272.4 billion in 1997 are projected to increase to
$340.7 billion by the year 2001. These projected increases in expenditures
include a projected increase in total per pupil spending in current dollars from
$5,961 per pupil in 1997 to $7,179 by the year 2001.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
   
    School Specialty is a Delaware corporation formed in February 1998 to hold
the Educational Supplies and Products Division of U.S. Office Products. School
Specialty, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation ("Old School") formed in October 1959,
was acquired by U.S. Office Products in May 1996. U.S. Office Products'
Educational Supplies and Products Division also includes Re-Print, which it
acquired in July 1996, and which has been in operation since 1921. The specialty
product lines, Childcraft, Sax Arts & Crafts and Gresswell, were all acquired by
U.S. Office Products in 1997, and have been in operation since 1946, 1945, and
1938, respectively. School Specialty has 1,322 employees in the United States
and the United Kingdom, providing service to all 50 states and the United
Kingdom. School Specialty's principal offices are located at 1000 North
Bluemound Drive, Appleton, Wisconsin 54914, and its telephone number is (920)
734-2756. School Specialty's world wide website is located at
http:\\www.schoolspecialty.com. Information contained in this website is not
deemed to be a part of this Prospectus.
    
 
                               COMPANY STRENGTHS
 
    School Specialty attributes its strong competitive position to the following
key strengths:
 
    LEADING MARKET POSITION.  The Company has developed its leading market
position over its 38 year history by emphasizing high quality products, superior
order fulfillment and exceptional customer service. School Specialty has
developed a group of strong brand names including School Specialty, Re-Print,
Childcraft, Sax Arts & Crafts and Gresswell. The Company believes its annual
revenues exceed those of its next two largest competitors combined and that its
large size and brand recognition have resulted in significant buying power,
economies of scale and customer loyalty.
 
    BROAD PRODUCT LINE.  School Specialty's strategy is to provide a full range
of high quality products to meet the complete supply needs of pre-K-12 schools
and, as a result, currently offers over 32,000 SKUs ranging from classroom
supplies to playground equipment. The Company's specialty brands enrich its
general product offering and create opportunities to cross merchandise its
specialty school supplies to the customers of its general lines. Specialty
brands include Childcraft, which sells materials, classroom furniture and
equipment such as library shelving, cubbies, easels, desks and play vehicles to
the early childhood market; Sax Arts & Crafts, which distributes art supplies
such as paint, brushes, paper, ceramics, leather and wood crafts; and Gresswell,
which distributes library-related products including supplies, furniture and
media display and storage in the United Kingdom. School Specialty offers
customers one source for virtually all of their school supply and furniture
needs.
 
    INNOVATIVE TWO-PRONGED DISTRIBUTION.  School supply procurement decisions
are made at the district and school levels by administrators and principals, and
at the classroom level by curriculum specialists and teachers. The Company
targets both of these groups, addressing administrative decision makers with a
"top down" approach through its 290 person sales force and School Specialty
Catalog, and targeting teachers and curriculum specialists with a "bottom up"
approach primarily through the 6.3 million Re-Print general supply, Childcraft,
Sax Arts & Crafts and Gresswell specialty catalogs mailed each year. School
Specialty utilizes its customer database across its family of catalogs to
maximize their effectiveness and increase the Company's marketing reach.
 
   
    ABILITY TO INTEGRATE ACQUISITIONS.  School Specialty has successfully
completed the acquisition of 20 companies since 1991, 15 of which have been
acquired since May 1996. School Specialty has established a 24-month integration
process in which a transition team is assigned to (i) sell or discontinue
incompatible business units, (ii) reduce the number of SKUs, (iii) eliminate
redundant administrative functions, (iv) integrate the acquired entity's MIS
system, and (v) improve buying power. To date, the Company's integration efforts
have focused on acquired general products companies. The Company intends to
consolidate certain administrative functions at its specialty divisions. The
Company believes that through these processes it can generate significant
economies of scale and rapidly improve the
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
margins of acquired entities, as well as increase sales by channeling acquired
entities' products through its broad distribution network.
 
    USE OF TECHNOLOGY.  The Company believes that through the utilization of
technology in areas such as (i) purchasing and inventory management, (ii)
customer order fulfillment, and (iii) database management, School Specialty is
able to turn inventory more quickly than competitors, offer customers more
convenient and cost effective product ordering methods and conduct more
precisely targeted sales and marketing campaigns.
 
    EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT.  School Specialty's management team provides depth
and continuity of experience. Management's interests are aligned with those of
its shareholders as management's incentive-based compensation is tied to School
Specialty's operating profitability.
 
COMPANY GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    School Specialty's objective is to further enhance its position as the
leading distributor of non-textbook educational supplies through the continued
implementation of the following strategies:
 
    PURSUE ACQUISITIONS AGGRESSIVELY.  The Company believes that there are
extensive acquisition opportunities among the over 3,400 school distributors in
the U.S. The Company intends to pursue two types of acquisitions: (i) general
school supply and furniture companies in geographic markets in which the Company
has a limited presence, and (ii) specialty companies focusing on disciplines
such as physical education, science, technology and music. School Specialty
believes it can improve the margins of acquired entities through its efficient
integration process to achieve economies of scale. Although the Company is the
largest distributor in the industry, its share of the $6.1 billion school supply
market is less than 6%, giving the Company substantial growth opportunities.
 
   
    IMPROVE PROFITABILITY.  School Specialty improved its operating margin from
3.7% in 1994 to 7.0% for the twelve months ended January 24, 1998. School
Specialty believes that there are substantial opportunities to further improve
margins by (i) increasing the efficiency of recent acquisitions, (ii) expanding
purchasing power and (iii) improving warehousing and distribution.
    
 
    PENETRATE NEW MARKETS AND EXPAND CUSTOMER BASE IN EXISTING MARKETS.  School
Specialty believes that it can increase sales by adding sales representatives in
geographic markets in which the Company does not have a significant presence. In
addition, the Company believes that it can further increase sales by cross
merchandising its specialty supplies to its general supplies customers. Lastly,
the Company intends to increase international sales in English-speaking
countries.
 
PRODUCT LINES
 
    SCHOOL SPECIALTY.  The School Specialty Catalog offers a comprehensive
selection of classroom supplies, instructional materials, educational games, art
supplies, school forms (such as reports, planners and academic calendars),
physical education equipment, audio-visual equipment, school furniture, and
indoor and outdoor equipment and is targeted to administrative decision makers.
School Specialty believes it is the largest school furniture resale source in
the United States. School Specialty has been granted exclusive franchises for
certain furniture lines in specific territories and School Specialty enjoys
significant purchasing power in open furniture lines.
 
    The Company's specialty brands offer product lines for specific educational
disciplines.
 
    RE-PRINT.  Re-Print offers its customers substantially the same products as
the School Specialty Catalog but focuses on reaching teachers and curriculum
specialists directly through its mail-order catalogs.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    CHILDCRAFT.  Childcraft distributes early childhood education products and
materials. Childcraft also distributes over 1,000 proprietary or exclusive
products manufactured by its Bird-in-Hand Woodworks subsidiary, including wood
classroom furniture and equipment such as library shelving, cubbies, easels,
desks and play vehicles.
 
    SAX ARTS & CRAFTS.  Sax Arts & Crafts is a leading distributor of art
supplies and art instruction materials, including paints, brushes, paper,
ceramics, art metals and glass, leather and wood crafts. Sax Arts & Crafts
offers customers a toll free "Art Savvy Hotline" staffed with 15 professional
artists to respond to customer questions.
 
    GRESSWELL.  Gresswell distributes library-related products in the U.K.
including furniture, and media display and storage. Gresswell's dedicated sales
and design team helps customers plan, design and install library projects using
Computer Assisted Design equipment.
 
   
    EDUCATION ACCESS.  Education Access is a catalog reseller of technology
solutions for the K-12 education market. This new product line will offer
curriculum software, productivity software, peripherals, networking products,
and other related products. Education Access publishes a 110-page catalog twice
a year and mails interim Technology Flash Updates to the K-12 market in the
United States.
    
 
    School Specialty employs merchandising managers who continually review and
update the product lines for each operating division. The merchandising managers
convene customer focus groups and advisory panels to ascertain whether current
offerings are well-received and to anticipate future demand. The merchandising
managers also travel to product fairs and conventions seeking out new product
lines. This annual review process results in an organic reshaping and expansion
of the educational materials being offered by School Specialty.
 
OPERATIONS
 
    SALES AND MARKETING
 
    School Specialty believes it has developed a substantially different sales
and marketing model from that of traditional school supply and school
furnishings distribution companies in the United States. School Specialty's
strategy is to use its position of owning two distribution platforms with which
it can approach the school market. School Specialty's 290 sales representatives
focus on "top down" selling (through districts, school purchasing authorities
and schools), while School Specialty's Re-Print Division uses the "bottom up"
approach through its direct mail catalog selling directly to teachers. To
further strengthen its position in the market, School Specialty also owns
premier specialty education brands (Childcraft, Sax Arts & Crafts, and
Gresswell) that have the potential to enrich the general product offering
through cross-merchandising.
 
    School Specialty has a broad customer base and no single customer accounted
for more than 2% of sales during fiscal 1997. Schools typically purchase school
supplies and furniture based on an established relationship with relatively few
suppliers. School Specialty establishes and maintains its relationship with its
customers by assigning accounts within a specific geographic territory to a
local area sales representative. Additionally, each account is assigned its
designated inside customer service representative.
 
   
    School Specialty's customer service representatives call on existing
customers frequently to ascertain and fulfill their school supply needs. The
representatives maintain contact with customers throughout the order cycle and
assist in processing orders.
    
 
    School Specialty's primary compensation program for sales representatives is
based on commissions as a percentage of gross profit on sales. For new and
transitioning sales representatives, School Specialty offers salary and expense
reimbursement until the representative is moved to a full commission
compensation structure.
 
    School Specialty utilizes direct mail catalogs to reach its broader customer
base. School Specialty distributes five major catalogs, one for each of its
School Specialty general supply, Re-Print, Childcraft,
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
Gresswell, and Sax Arts & Crafts lines. The catalog distribution calendar is
generally the same across all product lines. A major catalog containing all
product offerings is distributed toward the end of the calendar year so that it
is available for school buyers at the beginning of the year. During the year,
various catalog supplements are distributed to coincide with the peak school
buying season in June through September and following the return of students to
school in the fall.
 
   
    The approximate number of catalogs distributed for School Specialty,
Re-Print, Childcraft, Gresswell and Sax Arts & Crafts for each of the past three
calendar years and projected catalog distribution for 1998 is set out below. The
figures set forth below include all books of over 32 pages sent out (or, with
respect to 1998, expected to be sent out) during the calendar year but do not
include catalogs that were distributed by discontinued operations.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1995       1996       1997       1998
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
School Specialty Catalog............................    115,000    296,750    450,750    600,000
Re-Print............................................    998,000  1,175,000  2,275,000  3,400,000
Childcraft..........................................  1,583,000  1,308,000  1,360,000  1,728,000
Gresswell...........................................    100,000  180,000(1)   130,000    150,000
Sax Arts & Crafts...................................    750,000    823,000  1,043,500  1,064,000
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total...........................................  3,546,000  3,782,750  5,259,250  6,942,000
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Includes an extra catalog published against a competitive launch.
 
    Pricing for School Specialty's general and specialty product offerings
varies by product and channel of distribution. The Company generally offers a
negotiated discount from catalog prices for supplies and responds to quote and
bid requests for furniture and equipment. In addition, local sales
representatives work with the Company's corporate sales force and school supply
buyers to achieve an acceptable pricing structure based upon the mix of products
being procured.
 
    School Specialty distributes products through its distribution centers as
well as placing customer orders directly with School Specialty's suppliers.
Furniture is generally shipped directly from the manufacturer to the user,
bypassing School Specialty's distribution centers.
 
    PURCHASING AND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
 
    School Specialty manages its inventory by continually reviewing daily
inventory levels compared to a running 90-day inventory for the previous year,
adjusted for incoming orders. School Specialty constantly refines the focus of
inventory products through its automated inventory management system to pursue
the optimum level of scope and depth of product offered. Every item in each of
the various distribution regions is forecasted on a daily basis to account for
the anticipated demand curve, current order activity, and available stock as
well as the expected lead time from the supplier. The forecast allows inventory
purchases to respond quickly to the high seasonal demand while keeping
off-season inventory to a minimum. The information systems for all of School
Specialty's distribution centers are interconnected to allow transfer of
inventory between facilities to fill regional demand. In addition, all orders
can be redirected to the distribution center which is the primary stocking
location for a product. School Specialty's inventory management results in
inventory turnover that management believes is higher than industry turnover
rates and reduces the level of discontinued, excess and obsolete inventory
compared to businesses acquired by School Specialty.
 
    School Specialty believes its large size enhances its purchasing power with
suppliers and results in lower product costs than most of the Company's
competitors. Further, School Specialty believes it can leverage this purchasing
power to acquired companies in the future to improve the operating margins for
both general supply and specialty businesses. The Company also believes its
purchasing power for general supplies should result in improved margins for its
specialty businesses.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
   
    Market surveys by Krebs and Company have shown that the primary determinants
of customer satisfaction in the educational supply industry are the completeness
and accuracy of shipments received and the timeliness of delivery. School
Specialty continues to invest in sophisticated computer systems to automate the
order taking, inventory allocation and management, and order shipment processes.
As a result, School Specialty has been able to provide superior order
fulfillment to its customers. In addition, School Specialty has developed OMS,
which allows schools to customize their orders and enter them electronically
with School Specialty and provides historical usage reports to schools useful
for their budgeting process. During the academic year, School Specialty seeks to
fill orders within twenty-four hours of receipt of the order at a 95.0% fill
rate and a 99.5% order accuracy rate. During the summer months, School Specialty
shifts to a production environment and schedules shipments to coincide with the
start of the school year. During the summer months, School Specialty's
objectives are to meet a 100% fill rate at a 99.5% order accuracy rate. In the
aggregate, School Specialty's order fill rate for June, July and August 1997
exceeded 97.0%. The Company defines "fill rate" as the percentage of line items
in a customer's order that are initially shipped to the customer in response to
the order by the requested ship date.
    
 
    During the peak shipping season between June 1 and September 30, each of
School Specialty's distribution centers contracts with local common carriers to
deliver its product to schools and school warehouses. Re-Print and Sax Arts &
Craft rely on carriers such as Roadway Package Service, United Parcel Service
and the U.S. Postal Service for distribution to customers.
 
    INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
    The Company believes that through the utilization of technology in areas
such as (i) purchasing and inventory management, (ii) customer order fulfillment
and (iii) database management, School Specialty is able to turn inventory more
quickly than competitors, offer customers more convenient and cost effective
product ordering methods and conduct more precisely targeted sales and marketing
campaigns. School Specialty uses two principal information systems, one for its
general distribution and another for its specialty market distribution. In
general school supply distribution, School Specialty utilizes a specialized
distribution software package used primarily by office products and paper
distributors. The software offers a fully integrated process from sales order
entry through customer invoicing, and inventory requirements planning through
accounts payable. School Specialty's system provides information through daily
automatic posting to the general ledger and integrated inventory control. School
Specialty has made numerous enhancements to this process that allow greater
flexibility in addressing seasonal requirements of the industry and meeting
specific customer needs.
 
    The specialty divisions are moving towards a common mail order system
provided by Smith-Gardner & Associates. The Mail-order and Catalog System
("MACS") meets the unique needs of the direct marketing approach with extensive
list management and tracking of multiple marketing efforts. The system provides
complete and integrated order processing, inventory control, warehouse
management, and financial applications.
 
    Although School Specialty has two principal information systems, these
systems integrate general ledger, purchasing and inventory management functions.
The software and hardware allow for continued incremental growth as well as the
opportunity to integrate new client-server and other technologies into the
information systems. Currently, all acquired School Specialty general
distribution companies (except one acquired in December 1997) are on the same
computer system. The specialty businesses and Re-Print operate on different
systems but intend to implement the common MACS system. School Specialty intends
to continue to use two principal information systems in its business.
 
    YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
    School Specialty's current information systems as well as those being
considered for acquisition by School Specialty's mail order and specialty
distribution divisions, currently meet information standards for Year 2000
compliance. School Specialty does not expect that it will incur any material
costs and
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
expenses related to bringing its information systems to Year 2000 compliance.
See "Risk Factors-- Dependence on Systems".
 
COMPETITION
 
    School Specialty operates in a highly competitive environment. The Company's
principal competitors are other national and regional school supply distribution
companies. School Specialty is also faced with increasing competition from
non-traditional alternate channel competitors, such as office products contract
stationers and superstores. Among traditional school supply distributors, School
Specialty believes that there are only two other companies with sales in excess
of $130 million: Beckley-Cardy and the J.L. Hammett Co. School Specialty
believes that it competes favorably with these companies on the basis of service
and price.
 
    The market is highly competitive on a regional basis, but School Specialty
believes its heaviest competition is coming from alternate channel competitors
such as office product contract stationers and superstores. Their primary
advantages over School Specialty are size, location, greater financial resources
and buying power. Their primary disadvantage is that their product mix covers
only 15% to 20% of the school's needs (measured by volume). In addition, the
Company's competitors do not offer special order fulfillment software, which
School Specialty believes is increasingly important to adequately service school
needs. School Specialty believes it competes favorably with these companies on
the basis of service and product offering.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of December 31, 1997, School Specialty had 1,322 full-time employees, 266
of whom were employed primarily in management and administration, 430 in
regional warehouse and distribution operations, and 626 in marketing, sales,
order processing, and customer service. To meet the seasonal demands of its
customers, School Specialty employs many seasonal employees during the late
spring and summer seasons. Historically, School Specialty has been able to meet
its requirements for seasonal employment. As of January 12, 1998, approximately
27 of School Specialty's employees were members of the Teamsters Labor Union at
Sax Arts & Crafts' New Berlin, Wisconsin facility. School Specialty considers
its relations with its employees to be very good.
 
FACILITIES
 
    School Specialty's corporate headquarters are located at 1000 North
Bluemound Drive, Appleton, Wisconsin, a combined office and warehouse facility
of approximately 120,000 square feet. School
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
Specialty's lease on the Appleton headquarters expires on December 31, 2001.
School Specialty leases or owns the following distribution facilities.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  APPROXIMATE
                                                    SQUARE        OWNED/           LEASE
LOCATIONS                                           FOOTAGE       LEASED         EXPIRATION
- -----------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  ------------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>          <C>
Agawam, Massachusetts..........................      163,300         Owned           --
Bethlehem, Pennsylvania........................       25,600        Leased   February 28, 1999
Birmingham, Alabama............................      180,365        Leased   November 20, 2006
Bowling Green, Kentucky........................       42,000        Leased   June 30, 2001
Cary, Illinois.................................       75,767         Owned           --
Enfield, London, England.......................        8,000         Owned           --
Fresno, California.............................       18,480        Leased   December 31, 2001
Hoddesdon, London, England.....................       10,000        Leased   September 1999
Hoddesdon, London, England.....................       10,000        Leased   September 2015
Lancaster, Pennsylvania........................       75,434        Leased   December 31, 2002
Lancaster, Pennsylvania........................      165,750        Leased   February 28, 1999
Mt. Laurel, New Jersey.........................       48,000        Leased   May 31, 2001
New Berlin, Wisconsin..........................       97,500        Leased   March 31, 2002
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma........................       37,340        Leased   July 16, 2001
Pollocksville, North Carolina..................       84,071         Owned           --
Portland, Oregon...............................       30,456        Leased   May 31, 2001
Salina, Kansas.................................      123,000         Owned           --
</TABLE>
    
 
    The Lancaster, Pennsylvania facility is used for manufacturing and the
Salina, Kansas facility is used for production of school forms. In addition,
School Specialty has ten sales offices throughout the United States.
 
    School Specialty believes that its properties are adequate to support its
operations for the foreseeable future. School Specialty reviews on a regular
basis the consolidation of its facilities.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
                                   MANAGEMENT
    
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    Following the School Specialty Distribution, it is anticipated that the
directors and executive officers of School Specialty will be as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                         AGE                       POSITION
- ------------------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>
Daniel P. Spalding........................          43   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                                         Officer
David J. Vander Zanden....................          43   President, Chief Operating Officer, and
                                                         Director*
Donald J. Noskowiak.......................          40   Executive Vice President and Chief
                                                         Financial Officer
Douglas Moskonas..........................          53   Executive Vice President for School
                                                         Specialty Divisions
Melvin D. Hilbrown........................          49   Executive Vice President for Gresswell
Richard H. Nagel..........................          57   Executive Vice President for Sax Arts &
                                                         Crafts
Donald Ray Pate, Jr.......................          35   Executive Vice President for Re-Print
Ronald E. Suchodolski.....................          51   Executive Vice President for Childcraft
Michael J. Killoren.......................          41   Vice President for School Specialty
                                                         Divisions
Lillian R. Kellogg........................          45   President for Education Access Division
Jonathan J. Ledecky.......................          40   Director*
Leo C. McKenna............................          64   Director*
Rochelle Lamm Wallach.....................          48   Director*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
* Messrs. Vander Zanden, Ledecky and McKenna and Ms. Wallach will join the Board
of Directors of School Specialty immediately prior to the issuance of the shares
offered hereby.
    
 
    DANIEL P. SPALDING became Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of School Specialty in February 1998. Mr. Spalding has served as President of
the Educational Supplies and Products Division of U.S. Office Products since
1996. Prior to that time, he served as President, Chief Executive Officer, and a
director of Old School since 1988. Prior to 1988, Mr. Spalding was an officer of
JanSport, a manufacturer of sports apparel and backpacking equipment. Mr.
Spalding was a co-founder of JanSport, and served as President and Chief
Executive Officer from 1977 to 1984. Mr. Spalding has been a director of the
National School Supply and Equipment Association since 1992 and completed his
term as the association's Chairman in November 1997. Mr. Spalding is Michael J.
Killoren's cousin.
 
    DAVID J. VANDER ZANDEN became the Chief Operating Officer of School
Specialty in March 1998. Prior to that time, he served as President of Ariens
Company since 1992, a manufacturer of outdoor lawn and garden equipment.
 
    DONALD J. NOSKOWIAK has served as Chief Financial Officer of School
Specialty since 1997. In February 1998, Mr. Noskowiak became an Executive Vice
President of School Specialty. He was Vice President, Treasurer and Principal
Financial Officer of Old School since 1994. From 1992 through 1994 he was the
Corporate Controller of Old School.
 
    DOUGLAS MOSKONAS joined Old School in 1993 as Vice President of Sales for
the Valley Division. Since that time he has served as General Manager for the
Valley Division from 1994 through 1996 and was appointed President of School
Specialty Distribution in 1997. Prior to joining School Specialty, Mr. Moskonas
served as Vice President of Sales for Emmons-Napp Office Products from 1979
through
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
1993. As of the School Specialty Distribution, Mr. Moskonas is expected to be
elected an Executive Vice President of School Specialty for School Specialty
Divisions.
 
    MELVIN D. HILBROWN joined School Specialty as Managing Director of Gresswell
with School Specialty's acquisition of Don Gresswell, Ltd. in 1997. He has been
Managing Director of Gresswell since 1989. As of the School Specialty
Distribution, Mr. Hilbrown is expected to be elected an Executive Vice President
of School Specialty for Greswell.
 
    RICHARD H. NAGEL joined School Specialty with the acquisition of Sax Arts &
Crafts in 1997 and serves as President of Sax Arts & Crafts. Mr. Nagel has been
with Sax Arts & Crafts since 1975 when he was hired as Assistant General
Manager. He was named President of Sax Arts & Crafts in 1990. As of the School
Specialty Distribution, Mr. Nagel is expected to be elected an Executive Vice
President of School Specialty for Sax Arts & Crafts.
 
   
    DONALD RAY PATE, JR. joined School Specialty with the acquisition of
Re-Print in 1996 and serves as President of Re-Print. Mr. Pate has served as
President of Re-Print since he acquired it in 1988. As of the School Specialty
Distribution, Mr. Pate is expected to be elected an Executive Vice President of
School Specialty for Re-Print.
    
 
    RONALD E. SUCHODOLSKI joined School Specialty with the acquisition of
Childcraft Education Corp. in 1997 and serves as President of Childcraft
Education Corp. Mr. Suchodolski has been President of Childcraft Education Corp.
since 1995 and was Director of Childcraft's School Division from 1984 through
1989. From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Suchodolski was President of the Judy/Instructo
Division of Paramount, and from 1993 through 1995 Mr. Suchodolski served as
Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Paramount Publishing's
Supplementary Materials Division. As of the School Specialty Distribution, Mr.
Suchodolski is expected to be elected an Executive Vice President of School
Specialty for Childcraft.
 
    MICHAEL J. KILLOREN has served as Chief Operating Officer of School
Specialty Distribution since 1997. From 1992 to 1997, he was Vice
President/Operations of School Specialty. Mr. Killoren is Daniel P. Spalding's
cousin. As of the School Specialty Distribution, Mr. Killoren is expected to be
elected an Vice President of School Specialty for School Speciality Divisions.
 
   
    LILLIAN R. KELLOGG joined the Company with the acquisition of Education
Access in March 1998 and serves as President of the Company's Education Access
Division. Ms. Kellogg previously served as Executive Vice President of Education
Access, Inc. from March 1997 to March 1998 and as President of Computer Plus,
Inc. from March 1984 to March 1997. On January 19, 1998 Education Access, Inc.
filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code.
    
 
   
    JONATHAN J. LEDECKY will serve as a Director and an employee of School
Specialty as of the Distribution Date. He founded Consolidation Capital
Corporation in February 1997 and serves as its Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer. Mr. Ledecky founded U.S. Office Products in October 1994 and will serve
as its Chairman of the Board until the Distribution Date and served as its Chief
Executive Officer until November 5, 1997. Mr. Ledecky has also served as the
Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of USA Floral Products, Inc. since April
1997 and as the Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of UniCapital Corporation
since October 1997. Mr. Ledecky served from 1989 to 1991 as the President of The
Legacy Fund, Inc., and from 1991 to September 1994 as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Legacy Dealer Capital Fund, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Steelcase Inc. Prior to his tenure at The Legacy Fund, Inc., Mr. Ledecky was
a partner at Adler and Company and a Senior Vice President at Allied Capital
Corporation, an investment management company.
    
 
    LEO C. MCKENNA is a self-employed financial consultant working with personal
asset management, corporate planning, acquisitions, merger studies, and
negotiations. Mr. McKenna is currently a Member of the Board of Life Insurance
Company of Boston and New York (Subsidiary of Boston Mutual Life). He is founder
and a director of Ledyard National Bank, where he also serves on the Audit
Committee. He is
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
also a director of Rosenthal, A.G. USA. He is a director and member of the John
Brown Cook Foundation and an overseer and Chairman of the Finance Committee for
the Catholic Student Center at Dartmouth College.
    
 
   
    ROCHELLE LAMM WALLACH was formerly associated with Strong Advisory Services,
a division of Strong Capital Management as its President from 1995 to March
1998. Prior to that time, she was Chief Operating Officer of AAL Capital
Management, a mutual fund manager which she founded in 1986.
    
 
    The Company intends to name two additional independent directors after the
effective date of the Distribution.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
 
   
    The School Specialty Board will create an Audit Committee effective
immediately prior to the issuance of the shares offered hereby. The Audit
Committee is charged with reviewing School Specialty's annual audit and meeting
with School Specialty's independent accountants to review School Specialty's
internal controls and financial management practices.
    
 
   
    The School Specialty Board will create a Compensation Committee effective
immediately prior to the issuance of the shares offered hereby. The Compensation
Committee is charged with determining the compensation of executive officers of
School Specialty and administering any stock option plan School Specialty may
adopt.
    
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth information with respect to the compensation
paid by School Specialty for services rendered during the year ended April 25,
1998 to the Chief Executive Officer and to each of the four other most highly
compensated officers of School Specialty (the "Named Officers").
    
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                      LONG TERM
                                             --------------------   COMPENSATION       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION         YEAR      SALARY      BONUS      OPTIONS(#)      COMPENSATION
- --------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>              <C>
Daniel P. Spalding..............    1997     $ 178,846
  Chairman of the Board, CEO        1998       212,104  $  34,200       150,000           --
  and Director
David J. Vander Zanden..........    1997        --         --            --               --
  President, Chief Operating        1998     $ 225,000     --            --               --
  Officer and Director(1)
Ronald E. Suchodolski(2)........    1997     $ 141,535  $  30,000        --               --
  President, Childcraft             1998       157,646     62,633        20,000           --
Richard H. Nagel(2)(3)..........    1997     $ 118,000  $  29,500        --             32,000
  President, Sax Arts & Crafts      1998       130,660     29,500        20,000           --
Douglas Moskonas................    1997     $  97,266  $  44,500        15,000           --
  President, School Specialty       1998       139,525     --            20,000           --
  Division
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) Mr. Vander Zanden joined School Specialty in March 1998.
    
 
   
(2) Mr. Suchodolski and Mr. Nagel joined School Specialty in May and July 1997,
    respectively. The compensation information included in this table reflects
    the compensation received when employed by predecessor companies.
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
   
(3) Other compensation refers to Mr. Nagel's automobile allowance and stay-bonus
    compensation received by his prior employer.
    
 
   
OPTIONS GRANTED IN FISCAL YEAR 1998
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding options to
acquire U.S. Office Products common stock granted to the Named Officers during
the year ended April 25, 1998. All options were granted by U.S. Office Products
as options to acquire U.S. Office Products Common Stock and are expected to be
replaced with options to acquire School Specialty Common Stock in connection
with the School Specialty Distribution. See "--Replacement of Outstanding U.S.
Office Products' Options". Upon consummation of the School Speciality
Distribution, the number of options granted to officers, directors and employees
of the Company in respect of U.S. Office Products' common stock and their
exercise price will be determined according to the formula set by U.S. Office
Products.
    
 
   
              OPTIONS GRANTED IN FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 25, 1998
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                  VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                     PERCENT OF                                ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                                    TOTAL OPTIONS                              PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                                     GRANTED TO                                    OPTION TERM(4)
                                      OPTIONS       EMPLOYEES IN      EXERCISE    EXPIRATION   ----------------------
NAME                               GRANTED(1)(2)   FISCAL YEAR(3)       PRICE        DATE          5%         10%
- ---------------------------------  -------------  -----------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>                <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Daniel P. Spalding...............      150,000              0.0%      $   15.17      4/28/07   $1,431,049  $3,626,561
David J. Vander Zanden...........       --               --              --           --           --          --
Ronald E. Suchodolski............       20,000              0.0%          18.00     12/12/07      226,400     573,600
Richard H. Nagel.................       20,000              0.0%          18.00     12/12/07      226,400     573,600
Douglas Moskonas.................       20,000              0.0%      $   18.00     12/12/07      226,400     573,600
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The options granted are non-qualified stock options, which are exercisable
    at the market price on the date of grant beginning one year from the date of
    grant in cumulative yearly amounts of 25% of the shares and expire ten years
    from the date of grant. The options become fully exercisable upon a change
    in control, as defined in the Incentive Plan.
 
   
(2) The option exercise price will be adjusted as described under "--Replacement
    of Outstanding U.S. Office Products' Options".
    
 
   
(3) Total options granted refers to options to acquire U.S. Office Products
    common stock given to all employees of the Educational Supplies and Products
    Division of U.S. Office Products during fiscal 1998.
    
 
   
(4) The dollar amounts under these columns are the results of calculations at
    assumed annual rates of stock appreciation of 5% and 10%. These assumed
    rates of growth were selected by the SEC for illustration purposes only.
    They are not intended to forecast possible future appreciation, if any, of
    stock prices. No gain to the optionees is possible without an increase in
    stock prices, which will benefit all stockholders.
    
 
   
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 25, 1998 AND FICAL
  YEAR-END 1998 OPTION VALUES
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding unexercised
options held by the Named Officers at April 25, 1998. All options were granted
by U.S. Office Products as options to acquire U.S. Office Products common stock
and are expected to be replaced with options to acquire shares of School
Specialty Common Stock in connection with the Distribution. See "--Replacement
of Outstanding U.S. Office Products' Options". Upon consummation of the School
Speciality Distribution, the number of stock options granted to officers,
directors and employees of the Company in respect of U.S. Office Products'
options and their exercise price will be determined according to the formula set
by U.S. Office Products.
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
             AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR ENDED 1998
                    AND FISCAL YEAR ENDED 1998 OPTION VALUES
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           VALUE OF
                                                                                                          UNEXERCISED
                                                                                                            IN-THE-
                                                                                                           MONEY (3)
                                                                             NUMBER UNEXERCISED           OPTIONS AT
                                                                                  OPTIONS                   FISCAL
                                                                        HELD AT APRIL 25, 1998(#)(1)         YEAR
                                     SHARES                                                             END($)(1)(3)(4)
                                   ACQUIRED ON           VALUE        --------------------------------  ---------------
NAME                             EXERCISE(#)(1)     REALIZED($)(2)      EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------  -----------------  -----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                             <C>                <C>                <C>              <C>              <C>
Daniel P. Spalding............         --              $  --                --              150,000        $  --
David J. Vander Zanden........         --                 --                --               --               --
Ronald E. Suchodolski.........         --                 --                --               20,000           --
Richard H. Nagel..............         --                 --                --               20,000           --
Douglas Moskonas..............         --                 --                --             35,000             --
 
<CAPTION>
 
NAME                             UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                             <C>
Daniel P. Spalding............     $  63,938
David J. Vander Zanden........        --
Ronald E. Suchodolski.........        --
Richard H. Nagel..............        --
Douglas Moskonas..............        --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) The option exercise price will be adjusted as described under "Replacement
    of Outstanding U.S. Office Products' Options".
    
 
   
(2) The value of exercised options represents the difference between the
    exercise price of such options and the closing market price of U.S. Office
    Products' common stock on the date of exercise.
    
 
(3) Options are "in-the-money" if the closing market price of U.S. Office
    Products Common Stock exceeds the exercise price of the options.
 
   
(4) The value of unexercised options represents the difference between the
    exercise price of such options and $16.875, the closing market price of U.S.
    Office Products' common stock at April 24, 1998.
    
 
   
REPLACEMENT OF OUTSTANDING U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS' OPTIONS
    
 
   
    School Specialty expects that all or substantially all vested and unvested
options to acquire the U.S. Office Products' common stock that are held by
School Specialty employees on the Distribution Date will be replaced with
options to acquire shares of Company Common Stock. As of the Distribution Date,
approximately 492,833 options to acquire U.S. Office Products' common stock were
held by employees of School Specialty. The number of options that will be
outstanding after the Distributions will depend on the trading prices of U.S.
Office Products' common stock around the time of the Distributions and the
public offering price of the Company Common Stock in the Offering. For those
reasons, the number of options exercisable for shares of Company Common Stock
into which the U.S. Office Products options will convert is not yet
determinable. In respect of U.S. Office Products' Options, the option exercise
price will be adjusted by applying the following formula:
    
 
   
     Exercise Price (New) = Exercise Price (Old) X Initial Public Offering Price
                                                   of Common Stock in this
                                                 Offering_______________________
    
   
                                                   Trading Price of U.S. Office
                                                   Products' Common Stock
                                                   Pre-School Speciality
                                                   Distribution
    
 
   
    The number of option will be adjusted by applying the following formula:
    
 
   
     Option Shares (New)=Option Shares (Old) X Trading Price of U.S. Office
     Products' Common Stock Pre-School Speciality Distribution
                               Initial Public Offering Price of Common Stock in
     this Offering
    
 
   
For all optionees, the "Trading Price of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
Pre-School Speciality Distribution" will be the average closing price of U.S.
Office Products' common stock for the lesser of (a) ten business days preceding
the Distributions, or (b) the number of business days falling between the
expiration of the Tender Offer and the completion of the Distributions. The
exercise price and number of options will not be adjusted as a result of the
Tender Offer, but instead are adjusted solely for the Distributions. The
intrinsic value of the adjusted options will be no greater than the intrinsic
value of the options immediately before the Distributions, and the ratio of
exercise price to market price will be not less than the ratio immediately
before the Distributions.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
    
 
   
    The Company expects to adopt the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The
purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the
Company by providing employees with incentives to improve stockholder value and
contribute to the growth and financial success of the Company, and by enabling
the Company to attract, retain and reward highly motivated and qualified
employees. The maximum percentage of shares of Company Common Stock that may be
issued with respect to awards granted under the Plan is   % of the outstanding
Common Stock of the Company following the School Specialty Distribution and the
Offering. The maximum number of shares that may be issued with respect to awards
granted under the Plan to an individual in a calendar year may not exceed
shares. The Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board
of Directors. All employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as
non-employee directors of the Company, are eligible to receive awards under the
Plan. The Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee to make awards of stock
options, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards. The Compensation
Committee will determine the prices, vesting schedules, expiration dates and
other material conditions under which such awards may be exercised.
    
 
   
    Mr. Ledecky will receive a stock option for Company Common Stock from School
Specialty, pursuant to the Plan, as of the Distribution Date. The option is
intended to compensate Mr. Ledecky for his services to School Specialty as an
employee. The option will cover up to 7.5% of the outstanding Company Common
Stock determined as of the Distribution Date, without regard to the Offering.
The option will have a per share exercise price equal to the initial public
offering price of the Company Common Stock.
    
 
   
    It is expected that Mr. Ledecky's option will become fully vested when
granted but will not be exercisable until the 12-month anniversary of the
Distribution Date. Mr. Ledecky's option from the Company will be exercisable
immediately if Mr. Ledecky dies before the option expires or, if and to the
extent that, School Specialty accelerates the exercise schedule of options
expires or, if and to the extent that, School Specialty accelerates the exercise
schedule of options for substantially all management option holders. All
unexercised portions of the option will expire ten years after its date of grant
or, if applicable, as of the date Mr. Ledecky violates his non-competition
agreement with School Specialty.
    
 
   
    The Company expects that Daniel P. Spalding will also receive an option (the
"Spalding Option") pursuant to the Plan for   % of the outstanding Common Stock
as of the date the School Specialty Distribution is effective (the "Distribution
Date"). The Spalding Option is anticipated to have the same terms as Mr.
Ledecky's option, including an exercise price equal to the initial public
offering price of the Common Stock. In addition, management currently expects to
recommend option grants to certain executive officers of the Company for
approximately   % of the Common Stock concurrent with or following the Offering
and the School Specialty Distribution, also at an exercise price equal to the
initial public offering price.
    
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS
 
    School Specialty expects to grant non-management directors         options
to purchase School Specialty Common Stock for each year of service.
Non-management directors will be paid $    for each meeting attended and will
also be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses related to their service as
directors.
 
   
    Jonathan J. Ledecky entered into a services agreement, as amended, (the
"Ledecky Services Agreement") with U.S. Office Products on January 13, 1998, to
become effective on the Distribution Date and contingent on the consummation of
the Distributions. The Ledecky Services Agreement will expire on September 30,
1998 if none of the Distributions has occurred by that date. If the Ledecky
Services Agreement becomes effective, it will replace his November 4, 1997
employment agreement with U.S.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
   
Office Products. The principal terms of this agreement, as it is expected to be
amended, are summarized herein.
    
 
   
    The Ledecky Services Agreement governs Mr. Ledecky's continuing obligations
to U.S. Office Products. Under the Ledecky Services Agreement, Mr. Ledecky will
report to the U.S. Office Products' Board and will provide high-level
acquisition negotiation services and strategic business advice. Under the
agreement, Mr. Ledecky will remain an employee of U.S. Office Products, at an
annual salary of $48,000 through June 30, 2001. U.S. Office Products can
terminate Mr. Ledecky's employment only for "cause" where cause consists of (i)
his conviction of or guilty or nolo contendere plea to a felony, (ii) his
engaging, despite notice, in conduct demonstrably and materially injurious to
U.S. Office Products, or (iii) his violation of the noncompetition agreement as
it relates to U.S. Office Products. If Mr. Ledecky resigns or is terminated, he
will cease to vest in his U.S. Office Products stock options and will have 90
days to exercise any vested options.
    
 
   
    It is expected that the Company will enter into an employment agreement with
Mr. Ledecky to implement its assigned portion of the Ledecky Services Agreement.
Under the employment agreement, Mr. Ledecky will report to the Board of
Directors and senior management of the Company. In such capacity, Mr. Ledecky
will provide high-level acquisition negotiation services and strategic business
advice. The Company can require Mr. Ledecky's performance of such services,
consistent with his other contractual obligations to Consolidation Capital
Corporation, U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies. As an
employee, Mr. Ledecky will also be subject to the generally applicable personnel
policies of the Company and will be elegible for such benefit plans in
accordance with their terms. The Company will pay Mr. Ledecky an annual salary
of $48,000 for up to two years. The Company may terminate Mr. Ledecky's
employment with or without "cause," where cause is defined as in the Ledecky
Services Agreement. If without cause, the termination would entitle Mr. Ledecky
to severance equal to his salary for the lesser of 12 months or the remainder of
the employment term.
    
 
   
    The Ledecky Services Agreement provides for non-competition and
non-solicitation restrictions that continue for four years after the School
Specialty Distribution has been completed. These provisions generally restrict
Mr. Ledecky from, among other things, investing in or working for or on behalf
of any business selling any products or services in direct competition with U.S.
Office Products or the Spin-Off Companies (collectively, the "U.S. Office
Products Companies"), within 100 miles of any location where any U.S. Office
Products Company conducts business. (For this purpose, "products or services"
are those that U.S. Office Products offered on January 13, 1998.) The Ledecky
Services Agreement prohibits Mr. Ledecky from trying to hire away managerial
employees of the U.S. Office Products Companies or from calling upon customers
of the U.S. Office Products Companies to solicit or sell products or services in
direct competition with the U.S. Office Products Companies. Mr. Ledecky also may
not hire away for Consolidation Capital Corporation any person then or in the
preceding one year employed by the U.S. Office Products Companies. U.S. Office
Products is permitted to (and will) assign to the Company, the ability to
enforce the non-competition provisions described above as to its own business,
which will then constitute part of his employment agreement with the Company.
    
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND RELATED MATTERS
 
   
    School Specialty has entered into employment agreements with the following
three of its Named Officers that will continue after the School Specialty
Distribution: Daniel P. Spalding (Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), Donald
Ray Pate, Jr. (Executive Vice President and President of Re-Print), and Richard
H. Nagel (Executive Vice President and President of Sax Arts & Crafts). After
the School Specialty Distribution, the Company intends to enter into an
employment agreement with David J. Vander Zanden (President and Chief Operating
Officer).
    
 
    Daniel P. Spalding, Chief Executive Officer of School Specialty, entered
into an employment contract with Old School on April 29, 1996. The contract has
an initial term of four years but, unless terminated, is
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
automatically extended at the end of each of the last three years of the initial
term for another year. Mr. Spalding receives a base salary of $180,000 and
participates in an incentive bonus plan which provides for an annual bonus up to
100% of base salary upon the attainment of profit and revenue objectives.
Following the termination of his employment for any reason, Mr. Spalding has
agreed not to compete with School Specialty for a period equal to the longer of
two years or, in the case of early termination, the years remaining on his
contract. If Mr. Spalding is terminated without cause, as defined in the
contract, he is entitled to his entire base salary for the years remaining on
the contract. In addition, Mr. Spalding may terminate his contract for good
cause (e.g., a material, adverse change in his position or responsibilities or
any material breach on the part of School Specialty) or within five days of a
change in control of School Specialty. The contract defines a change of control
to mean: (i) the acquisition of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of voting
securities of School Specialty by any person other than U.S. Office Products;
(ii) a loss of majority status by the combination of members of U.S. Office
Products' Board at the time of its initial public offering and any Board members
installed by a two-thirds vote of the then-present initial Directors or any
Directors subsequently installed by them; (iii) any reorganization of U.S.
Office Products unless 75% of the beneficial ownership of U.S. Office Products
voting securities remains in the same hands; or (iv) U.S. Office Products or
more than 49% of its assets are liquidated.
 
   
    David J. Vander Zanden became President and Chief Operating Officer in March
1998. After the School Specialty Distribution School Specialty expects to enter
into an employment contract with Mr. Vander Zanden with an initial term of two
years, with automatic two year extensions unless School Specialty or Mr. Vander
Zanden gives 90 days written notice of either party's intent not to renew.
School Specialty expects that Mr. Vander Zanden's employment contract will
provide for a base salary of $225,000 and participation in an incentive bonus
plan based upon the attainment of profit and revenue objectives. School
Specialty also expects that Mr. Vander Zanden's employment contract will contain
a covenant not to compete upon termination of the agreement, and provide Mr.
Vander Zanden the right to terminate the agreement upon a change of control in
School Specialty, with change of control to be defined in the agreement. School
Specialty also expects to grant options to Mr. Vander Zanden on or shortly after
the Distribution.
    
 
    Donald Ray Pate, Jr., serves as President of Re-Print and entered into an
employment contract with Re-Print on July 26, 1996 to serve as its President.
The contract runs for four years but provides for two automatic one-year
extensions unless Re-Print gives 60 days written notice of its intent not to
renew. Mr. Pate's annual base salary is $125,000, and he participates in an
executive compensation program developed by U.S. Office Products. Following the
termination of his employment for any reason, Mr. Pate has agreed not to compete
with Re-Print for the longer of two years or until the end of the contractual
term. If Mr. Pate is terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive his
base salary for three months or until the end of the initial contractual term,
whichever period is greater.
 
    Richard H. Nagel, President of Sax Arts & Crafts, entered into a four-year
employment contract with Sax Arts & Crafts on June 27, 1997 to serve as its
President. Mr. Nagel's annual base salary is $125,000, and he participates in
School Specialty's management bonus program. Following the termination of his
employment for any reason, Mr. Nagel has agreed not to compete with Sax Arts &
Crafts for one year. If Mr. Nagel is terminated without cause, he is entitled to
receive his base salary for one year or until the end of the contractual term,
whichever period is lesser.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The School Specialty Board will create a Compensation Committee, immediately
following the Offering. The Compensation Committee will be charged with
determining the compensation of all executive officers. Until the Compensation
Committee of the School Specialty Board is created, decisions regarding
compensation of the executive officers will be made by the School Specialty
Board. No member of the School Specialty Board has ever been an officer of
School Specialty or any of its subsidiaries, except that Mr. Spalding is the
Chief Executive Officer of School Specialty. In addition, Mr. Ledecky was the
Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Office Products until November 5, 1997 and will
be the Chairman of U.S. Office Products until the Distribution Date.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
   
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
    
 
   
    On April 29, 1996, U.S. Office Products acquired Old School in a business
combination accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method in which
2,307,693 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock were issued as
consideration. Current officers of School Specialty who received shares of U.S.
Office Products Common Stock in the transaction include Daniel P. Spalding
(309,766 shares, and an additional 30,018 through an IRA for his benefit),
Michael J. Killoren (27,018 shares), and Donald J. Noskowiak (27,018 shares). In
addition, John S. Spalding (Daniel P. Spalding's father) received 661 shares and
an additional 60,034 through an IRA for his benefit, the Patricia M. Spalding
Revocable Trust received 70,923 shares, Joanne Lee Killoren received 60,304
shares, Donald Killoren (Michael J. Killoren's father) received 60,778 shares
and Leo C. McKenna received 278,005 shares. The Company believes that these
transactions were as favorable as could be negotiated with third parties.
    
 
   
    U.S. Office Products acquired Re-Print on July 26, 1996 in a business
combination accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method in which it
issued 1,950,000 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock as consideration.
In that transaction, Donald Ray Pate, Jr., President of Re-Print, received
1,076,028 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock for his interest in
Re-Print. Other shareholders related to Mr. Pate who received shares of U.S.
Office Products Common Stock in the merger were Celita Pate Carmichael (30,240
shares), Phillip S. Pate (85,351 shares), Richard K. Pate (73,921 shares), and
Mary K. Pate (116,505 shares). The Company believes that these transactions were
as favorable as could be negotiated with third parties.
    
 
   
    School Specialty's main office and warehouse facility, a 120,000 square foot
building located in Appleton, Wisconsin, is leased from Bluemound Corporation.
John S. Spalding, a former member of the Board of Old School and the father of
Daniel P. Spalding, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of School
Specialty, holds a one-third stake in Bluemound. Donald Killoren, father of
Michael J. Killoren, an officer of School Specialty, also holds a one-third
stake in Bluemound. The lease provides for annual payments of $196,000 through
December 31, 2001. The Company believes that this transaction was as favorable
as could be negotiated with third parties.
    
 
   
    On March 20, 1998, School Specialty acquired substantially all of the assets
of the catalog division of Education Access, Inc., a debtor in possession under
Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. In this transaction, the
secured creditors of Education Access received all of the consideration paid by
School Specialty. Lillian R. Kellogg, President of School Specialty's Education
Access Division owns approximately 40% of the capital stock of Education Access.
This transaction was the subject of arm's length negotiation between School
Specialty and the secured creditors of Education Access, Inc. The Company
believes that this transaction was as favorable as could be negotiated with
third parties.
    
 
    For a discussion of matters related to the spin-off of the Company from U.S.
Office Products, see "The Spin-Off From U.S. Office Products".
 
   
    For a discussion of transactions between the Company and Mr. Ledecky, see
"Management-- Director Compensation and Other Arrangements".
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth the number and percentage of outstanding
shares of U.S. Office Products common stock beneficially owned as of April 1,
1998 and as adjusted to reflect to the School Specialty Distribution and the
Offering (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment options, no
shares are tendered in the Tender Offer, application of the Distribution Ratio
and no options are exercisable) by (i) all persons known by School Specialty to
own beneficially more than 5% of U.S. Office Products common stock, (ii) each
director and each Named Officer who is a stockholder, and (iii) all directors
and executive officers as a group. All persons listed below have sole voting and
investment power with respect to their shares of U.S. Office Products Common
Stock unless otherwise indicated. Except as otherwise indicated, the business
address of each of the following is 1000 North Bluemound Drive, Appleton,
Wisconsin 54914.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PERCENT OF                           SHARES OF
                                                   SHARES OF                            SCHOOL
                                                  U.S. OFFICE                          SPECIALTY    PERCENT OF SHARES
                                   NUMBER OF       PRODUCTS     NUMBER OF SHARES OF  COMMON STOCK       OF SCHOOL
                                SHARES OF U.S.   COMMON STOCK    SCHOOL SPECIALTY      PURCHASED    SPECIALTY COMMON
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL  OFFICE PRODUCTS    PRIOR TO      COMMON STOCK, AS      FROM THE        STOCK AFTER
  OWNER                          COMMON STOCK      OFFERING          ADJUSTED           COMPANY         OFFERING
- ------------------------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------------  -------------  -----------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>            <C>                  <C>            <C>
Daniel P. Spalding............         200,299(2)       *
David J. Vander Zanden........        --              --
Ronald Suchodolski............               0             0
Jonathan J. Ledecky...........       2,428,125(3)         1.7%
Richard H. Nagel..............               0             0
Douglas Moskonas..............           7,500(4)       *
Leo C. McKenna................          13,088         *
All current executive officers
  and directors as a group
  (12 persons)................       3,756,128           3.4%
 
5% STOCKHOLDERS
FMR Corp.(5)..................      15,754,406          11.2
  82 Devonshire Street
  Boston, MA 02109
Massachusetts Financial
  Services Company(5).........
  500 Boylston Street
  Boston, MA 02116                   8,262,886           5.9
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
   
(1) The "Number of Shares of School Specialty Common Stock, as Adjusted"
    reflects the School Specialty Distribution and results of a tender offer by
    U.S. Office Products for 37,037,037 shares of its common stock as a part of
    its Strategic Restructuring Plan. It assumes no options are exercisable
    within 60 days.
    
 
   
(2) Includes 37,500 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of options
    exercisable within 60 days following the School Specialty Distribution.
    
 
   
(3) Does not include Mr. Ledecky's options described under "Management--Director
    Compensation and Other Arrangements", none of which are exercisable within
    the next twelve months.
    
 
   
(4) Includes 7,500 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of options
    exercisable within 60 days following the School Specialty Distribution.
    
 
   
(5) Based upon a Schedule 13G for U.S. Office Products filed with the Securities
    and Exchange Commission.
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                 DESCRIPTION OF SCHOOL SPECIALTY CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
    Set forth below is a summary of the terms of School Specialty's Capital
Stock. At the time of the School Specialty Distribution, the Company's
authorized capital stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of School Specialty
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). At the time of the
School Specialty Distribution, the Company is expected to have outstanding
approximately       shares of School Specialty Common Stock and no shares of
Preferred Stock.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The holders of School Specialty Common Stock are entitled to one vote for
each share on all matters voted upon by stockholders, including the election of
directors.
 
    Subject to the rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the
holders of School Specialty Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may
be declared in the discretion of the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor. See "Dividend Policy". The holders of School Specialty
Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in the net assets of School Specialty
upon liquidation after payment or provision for all liabilities and any
preferential liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock then outstanding. The
holders of School Specialty Common Stock have no preemptive rights to purchase
shares of stock of School Specialty. Shares of School Specialty Common Stock are
not subject to any redemption provisions and are not convertible into any other
securities of School Specialty. All of the shares of School Specialty Common
Stock to be distributed pursuant to the Distribution will be fully paid and
nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the School Specialty
Board of Directors as shares of one or more classes or series. Subject to the
provisions of School Specialty's Certificate of Incorporation and limitations
prescribed by law, the School Specialty Board of Directors is expressly
authorized to adopt resolutions to issue the shares, to fix the number of shares
and to change the number of shares constituting any series, and to provide for
or change the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof, including dividend rights (including whether dividends are
cumulative), dividend rates, terms of redemption (including sinking fund
provisions), redemption prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of
the shares constituting any class or series of the Preferred Stock, in each case
without any further action or vote by the stockholders. School Specialty has no
current plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock of any class or series.
 
    One of the effects of undesignated Preferred Stock may be to enable the
School Specialty Board of Directors to render more difficult or to discourage an
attempt to obtain control of School Specialty by means of a tender offer, proxy
contest, merger or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of School
Specialty's management. The issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock pursuant
to the School Specialty Board of Directors' authority described above may
adversely affect the rights of the holders of School Specialty Common Stock. For
example, Preferred Stock issued by School Specialty may rank prior to School
Specialty Common Stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preference or both,
may have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible into shares of
School Specialty Common Stock. Accordingly, the issuance of shares of Preferred
Stock may discourage bids for School Specialty Common Stock or may otherwise
adversely affect the market price of School Specialty Common Stock.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
OTHER CHARTER AND BY LAWS PROVISIONS
 
    School Specialty's Board of Directors is considering the adoption of certain
take-over defense measures, including but not limited to a shareholders' rights
plan and a staggered board. The School Specialty Board expects to complete such
consideration prior to the Offering.
 
STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION
 
    School Specialty is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law ("Section 203"). Section 203 provides, with certain
exceptions, that a Delaware corporation may not engage in any of a broad range
of business combinations with a person or an affiliate, or associate of such
person, who is an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years from the
date that such person became an interested stockholder unless: (i) the
transaction resulting in a person becoming an interested stockholder, or the
business combination, is approved by the board of directors of the corporation
before the person becomes an interested stockholder; (ii) the interested
stockholder acquired 85% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation in the same transaction that makes such person an interested
stockholder (excluding shares owned by persons who are both officers and
directors of the corporation, and shares held by certain employee stock
ownership plans); or (iii) on or after the date the person becomes an interested
stockholder, the business combination is approved by the corporation's board of
directors and by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the corporation's
outstanding voting stock at an annual or special meeting, excluding shares owned
by the interested stockholder. Under Section 203, an "interested stockholder" is
defined as any person who is: (i) the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding
voting stock of the corporation; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the
corporation if such affiliate or associate was the owner of 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within the three-year
period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined
whether such person is an interested stockholder.
 
   
    A corporation may, at its option, exclude itself from the coverage of
Section 203 by amending its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, by action of
its stockholders, to exempt itself from coverage, provided that such bylaws or
certificate of incorporation amendment shall not become effective until 12
months after the date it is adopted. School Specialty has not adopted such an
amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. Under the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of a majority of the
directors is required to approve an interested stockholder transaction.
    
 
   
PROVISIONS OF SCHOOL SPECIALTY'S CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
  AFFECTING CHANGE OF CONTROL
    
 
   
    The Board of Directors of School Specialty is contemplating adoption of
certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws that may, if
adopted, provide the School Specialty Board with more negotiating leverage by
delaying or making more difficult unsolicited acquisitions or changes of control
of School Specialty. It is believed that such provisions will enable School
Specialty to develop its business in a manner that will foster its long-term
growth without disruption caused by the threat of a takeover not deemed by the
School Specialty Board to be in the best interests of School Specialty and its
stockholders. Such provisions could have the effect of discouraging third
parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition or change of
control of School Specialty, although such proposals, if made, might be
considered desirable by a majority of School Specialty's stockholders. Such
provisions may also have the effect of making it more difficult for third
parties to cause the replacement of the management of School Specialty without
concurrence of the School Specialty Board. These provisions include: (i) the
availability of capital stock for issuance from time to time at the discretion
of the School Specialty Board (see "--Preferred Stock" above); (ii) the
classification of the School Specialty Board into three classes, each of which
serves for a term of three years; (iii) limitation on stockholders calling a
special meeting of stockholders; (iv) prohibition on stockholders acting by
written consent in lieu of a meeting; (v) requirements for advance notice for
raising business or making
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
   
nominations at stockholders' meetings; and (vi) the requirement of a
supermajority vote to amend School Specialty's Bylaws.
    
 
   
    CLASSIFIED BOARD
    
 
   
    School Specialty's Certificate of Incorporation may include provisions
dividing the School Specialty Board's membership into three classes, each of
which serves until the third succeeding annual meeting with one class being
elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Under Delaware law, each class
will be as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, at least two annual
meetings of stockholders may be required for School Specialty's stockholders to
change a majority of the members of the School Specialty Board. School Specialty
believes that a classified board of directors will assure continuity and
stability of School Specialty's management and policies, without diminishing
accountability to stockholders. School Specialty's classified Board will ensure
that a majority of directors at any given time will have experience in the
business and competitive affairs of School Specialty.
    
 
   
    NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT; SPECIAL MEETINGS
    
 
   
    The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may provide that stockholder
action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting and cannot be taken by
written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws also provide that special meetings of the stockholder can be called only
by the Chairman of the School Specialty Board, the Chief Executive Officer of
School Specialty, a vote of the majority of the entire School Specialty board,
or by holders of at least 33 1/3% of the outstanding shares of School Specialty
stock entitled to vote generally for the election of directors.
    
 
   
    ADVANCE NOTICE FOR RAISING BUSINESS OR MAKING NOMINATIONS AT MEETINGS
    
 
   
    The Bylaws may establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder
proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders and for
nominations by stockholders of candidates for election as directors at an annual
or special meeting at which directors are to be elected. Only such business may
be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as has been brought before the
meeting by, or at the direction of, the School Specialty Board, or by a
stockholder who has given to the Secretary of School Specialty timely written
notice, in proper form, of the stockholder's intention to bring that business
before the meeting. The chairman of such meeting has the authority to make the
determination of whether business has been properly brought before such meeting.
Only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction of, the School Specialty
Board, or who are nominated by a stockholder who has given timely written
notice, in proper form, to the Secretary prior to a meeting at which directors
are to be elected will be eligible for election as directors of School
Specialty. These provisions are intended to establish orderly procedures for the
conduct of School Specialty's business and to allow the Board of Directors
adequate time to evaluate and respond to stockholder initiatives. They may have
the effect of impeding the ability of a stockholder to present proposals or make
nominations in a control context if the requisite notice provisions cannot be
satisfied.
    
 
   
    AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
    
 
   
    The Certificate of Incorporation may require a vote of at least 66 2/3% of
the outstanding School Specialty Common Stock for the stockholders to amend the
Bylaws. This super-majority requirement could make it more difficult for
stockholders to compel Board action by the School Specialty Board by amending
the Bylaws to require actions not presently permitted by the Bylaws.
    
 
   
RIGHTS PLAN
    
 
   
    School Specialty may consider adoption of a shareholder rights plan or
"poison pill." As with the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw provisions
discussed above, if such a plan is adopted, it could
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of School
Specialty. However, such a plan might also provide the School Specialty Board
with more negotiating leverage by delaying or making more difficult unsolicited
acquisitions or changes of control of School Specialty.
    
 
LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES
 
    Pursuant to School Specialty's Certificate of Incorporation and under
Delaware law, directors of School Specialty are not liable to School Specialty
or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except
for liability in connection with a breach of duty of loyalty, for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, for dividend payments or stock repurchases illegal under
Delaware law or any transaction in which a director has derived an improper
personal benefit.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
   
    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the School Specialty Common Stock will
be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The consolidated financial statements of School Specialty as of April 30,
1996 and April 26, 1997, for the four months ended April 30, 1996, and for the
year ended April 30, 1997, included in this Prospectus, have been so included in
reliance on the January 13, 1998 report of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent
accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and
accounting.
    
 
   
    The consolidated financial statements of School Specialty for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996 included in this Prospectus,
except as they relate to The Re-Print Corporation for the years ended December
31, 1995 and December 31, 1994, have been audited by Ernst & Young, independent
accountants, and insofar as they relate to The Re-Print Corporation, by BDO
Seidman, LLP, independent accountants, whose report dated February 8, 1996
thereon appears herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so
included in reliance on the reports of such independent accountants given on the
authority of such firms as experts in auditing and accounting.
    
 
   
    The consolidated financial statements of American Academic Suppliers Holding
Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996 and for
the years then ended included in this Prospectus have been so included in
reliance on the February 24, 1997 report of Altschuler, Melvoin and Glasser LLP,
independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.
    
 
   
    The consolidated financial statements of Sax Arts and Crafts, Inc. as of
December 16, 1995 and December 25, 1996, and for the three years in the period
ended December 25, 1996, included in this Prospectus, have been so included in
reliance on the February 3, 1998 report of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent
accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and
accounting.
    
 
                               VALIDITY OF SHARES
 
    The validity of shares of School Specialty Common Stock offered hereby will
be passed upon on behalf of School Specialty and U.S. Office Products by Wilmer,
Cutler & Pickering, Washington, D.C. and on behalf of the Underwriters by
Sullivan & Cromwell, Washington, D.C.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    School Specialty has filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-1
(including exhibits, schedules, and amendments thereto, the "School Specialty
Form S-1") pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), with respect to School Specialty Common Stock. This Prospectus, while
forming a part of the School Specialty Form S-1, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the School Specialty Form S-1. Reference is hereby made
to the School Specialty Form S-1 for further information with respect to School
Specialty. Statements contained herein concerning the provisions of documents
filed as exhibits to the School Specialty Form S-1 are necessarily summaries of
such documents, and each such statement is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the copy of the applicable document filed with the SEC.
 
    The School Specialty Form S-1 is available for inspection and copying at the
public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as the Regional Offices of the SEC
at Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048.
Copies of such information can be obtained by mail from the Public Reference
Branch of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at
prescribed rates or on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov.
 
    Following the School Specialty Distribution, School Specialty will be
subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in accordance therewith, will file
reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC that will be
available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities
referred to above. Copies of
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
such material can be obtained by mail at prescribed rates by writing to the
Public Reference Branch of the SEC at the address referred to above.
 
    School Specialty intends to furnish its stockholders annual reports
containing financial statements audited by its independent auditor. School
Specialty does not intend to furnish its stockholders quarterly reports.
 
    Holders of School Specialty Common Stock having inquiries related to their
investment in School Specialty should contact Daniel P. Spalding, Chief
Executive Officer, at 1000 North Bluemound Drive, P.O. Box 1579, Appleton,
Wisconsin 54914, telephone (920) 734-2756.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                          -----
<S>                                                                                    <C>
SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
  Historical Financial Statements....................................................
    Report of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants..........................         F-2
    Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors................................         F-3
    Report of BDO Seidman, LLP, Independent Auditors.................................         F-4
    Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 30, 1996, April 26, 1997 and January 24,
     1998 (unaudited)................................................................         F-5
    Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
     1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997
     and the nine months ended January 25, 1997 (unaudited) and January 24, 1998
     (unaudited).....................................................................         F-6
    Consolidated Statement of Stockholder's (Deficit) Equity for the years ended
     December 31, 1994 and 1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996, the fiscal
     year ended April 26, 1997 and the nine months ended January 24, 1998
     (unaudited).....................................................................         F-7
    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
     1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997
     and the nine months ended January 25, 1997 (unaudited) and January 24, 1998
     (unaudited).....................................................................         F-8
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................        F-10
  Pro Forma Financial Statements.....................................................
    Introduction to Pro Forma Financial Information..................................        F-26
    Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet as of January 24, 1998 (unaudited)..............        F-28
    Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income for the nine months ended January 24, 1998
     (unaudited).....................................................................        F-29
    Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income for the nine months ended January 25, 1997
     (unaudited).....................................................................        F-30
    Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997
     (unaudited).....................................................................        F-31
    Notes to Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.................................        F-32
 
AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
  Report of Altschuler, Melvoin and Glasser LLP, Independent Accountants.............        F-33
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and September 30, 1997
    (unaudited)......................................................................        F-34
  Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996
    and the nine months ended September 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997 (unaudited)....        F-35
  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended
    December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997
    (unaudited)......................................................................        F-36
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996
    and the nine months ended September 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997 (unaudited)....        F-37
  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................        F-38
 
SAX ARTS & CRAFTS, INC.
  Report of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants............................        F-43
  Balance Sheets as of December 16, 1995, and December 25, 1996 and June 29, 1997
    (unaudited)......................................................................        F-44
  Statement of Operations for the years ended December 17, 1994, December 16, 1995
    and December 25, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and June
    29, 1997 (unaudited).............................................................        F-45
  Statement of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 17, 1994, December
    16, 1995 and December 25, 1996 and the six months ended June 29, 1997
    (unaudited)......................................................................        F-46
  Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 17, 1994, December 16, 1995
    and December 25, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and June
    29, 1997 (unaudited).............................................................        F-47
  Notes to Financial Statements......................................................        F-48
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
OF SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholder's equity and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of School
Specialty, Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries at April 30, 1996 and April
26, 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the four
months ended April 30, 1996 and the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 13, 1998
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
   
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations,
consolidated statement of stockholder's (deficit) equity and cash flows of
School Specialty, Inc. (the Company) for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1994. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of
Re-Print Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary, which statements reflect total
revenues of $30,798,000 and $24,140,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995
and 1994, respectively. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose
report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to data
included for Re-Print Corporation, is based solely on the report of the other
auditors.
    
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, based on our audits and report of other auditors, the
financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the results of the Company's operations and its cash flows for the years
December 31, 1995 and 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 2, 1996
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors
  The Re-Print Corporation
  Birmingham, Alabama
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of The Re-Print Corporation
as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related statements of income,
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended (not presented
separately herein). These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of The Re-Print Corporation at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
BDO Seidman, LLP
 
Atlanta, Georgia
February 8, 1996
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            APRIL 30,    APRIL 26,   JANUARY 24,
                                                              1996         1997          1998
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                             ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................   $      46    $            $
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $202, $471 and $724, respectively........      13,129       17,232        41,530
  Inventories............................................      20,276       24,461        32,946
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets..............       5,556       10,331         8,997
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total current assets...............................      39,007       52,024        83,473
 
Property and equipment, net..............................       7,647       14,478        20,489
Intangible assets, net...................................       7,142       20,824        94,651
Other assets.............................................         777          359         2,594
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total assets.......................................   $  54,573    $  87,685    $  201,207
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
 
                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Short-term debt........................................   $  25,887    $     262    $      272
  Short-term payable to U.S. Office Products.............                   26,692        16,873
  Accounts payable.......................................      11,933        9,091        11,951
  Accrued compensation...................................         785          860         5,502
  Other accrued liabilities..............................       4,065          659         5,262
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total current liabilities..........................      42,670       37,564        39,860
 
Long-term debt...........................................      15,031          566           385
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products................                   33,226        62,470
Deferred income taxes....................................       1,139
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total liabilities..................................      58,840       71,356       102,715
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
Commitments and contingencies
 
Stockholder's (deficit) equity:
  Divisional equity......................................       7,487       19,985        93,313
  Retained (deficit) earnings............................     (11,754)      (3,656)        5,179
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total stockholder's (deficit) equity...............      (4,267)      16,329        98,492
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total liabilities and stockholder's (deficit)
      equity.............................................   $  54,573    $  87,685    $  201,207
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                           -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FOR THE               FOR THE FOUR    FOR THE FISCAL         FOR THE NINE
                                          YEAR ENDED             MONTHS ENDED      YEAR ENDED           MONTHS ENDED
                                ------------------------------  ---------------  --------------  --------------------------
                                 DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,      APRIL 30,       APRIL 26,     JANUARY 25,   JANUARY 24,
                                     1994            1995            1996             1997           1997          1998
                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                             <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
Revenues......................    $  119,510      $  150,482       $  28,616       $  191,746     $  159,977    $  247,880
Cost of revenues..............        87,750         105,757          20,201          136,577        114,380       176,501
                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
      Gross profit............        31,760          44,725           8,415           55,169         45,597        71,379
 
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....        27,281          39,869          10,307           43,462         33,396        50,999
Non-recurring acquisition
  costs.......................                                         1,122            1,792          1,792
Restructuring costs...........                         2,532                              194
                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
      Operating income
        (loss)................         4,479           2,324          (3,014)           9,721         10,409        20,380
 
Other (income) expense:
    Interest expense..........         3,007           5,536           1,461            4,197          3,358         4,100
    Interest income...........                                            (6)                           (101)         (109)
    Other.....................           (86)            (18)             67             (196)          (204)          441
                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before provision
  for (benefit from) income
  taxes.......................         1,558          (3,194)         (4,536)           5,720          7,356        15,948
Provision for (benefit from)
  income taxes................           218             173             139           (2,412)         3,750         7,113
                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss).............    $    1,340      $   (3,367)      $  (4,675)      $    8,132     $    3,606    $    8,835
                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding:
  Basic.......................        45,562          59,059          77,501           90,026         85,978       114,758
  Diluted.....................        45,704          60,024          79,100           91,761         87,824       117,185
Net income per share:
  Basic.......................    $     0.03      ($    0.06)      ($   0.06)      $     0.09     $     0.04    $     0.08
  Diluted.....................    $     0.03      ($    0.06)      ($   0.06)      $     0.09     $     0.04    $     0.08
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S (DEFICIT) EQUITY
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       TOTAL
                                                                      RETAINED     STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                        DIVISIONAL    (DEFICIT)      (DEFICIT)
                                                          EQUITY      EARNINGS        EQUITY
                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993..........................       5,247    $  (4,780)     $     467
  Issuance of Pooled Company common stock for cash....          80                          80
  Cash dividends declared at Pooled Companies.........                      (60)           (60)
  Net income..........................................                    1,340          1,340
                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------------
 
Balance at December 31, 1994..........................       5,327       (3,500)         1,827
  Transactions of Pooled Companies:
    Issuance of warrants..............................         672                         672
    Issuance of Pooled Company common stock for cash..         500                         500
    Repurchase of treasury stock......................         (92)                        (92)
    Cash dividends declared and paid..................                     (160)          (160)
  Net loss............................................                   (3,367)        (3,367)
                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------------
 
Balance at December 31, 1995..........................       6,407       (7,027)          (620)
  Transactions of Pooled Companies:
    Exercise of warrants..............................       1,080                       1,080
    Cash dividends declared and paid..................                      (52)           (52)
  Net loss............................................                   (4,675)        (4,675)
                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------------
 
Balance at April 30, 1996.............................       7,487      (11,754)        (4,267)
  Transactions of Pooled Companies:
    Exercise of warrants and stock options............       1,979                       1,979
    Retirement of treasury stock......................          34          (34)
  Issuances of U.S. Office Products Company common
    stock in conjunction with acquisitions............      10,485                      10,485
  Net income..........................................                    8,132          8,132
                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------------
 
Balance at April 26, 1997.............................      19,985       (3,656)        16,329
Unaudited data:
  Issuances of U.S. Office Products Company common
    stock in conjunction with acquisitions............       3,566                       3,566
  Capital contribution by U.S. Office Products........      69,762                      69,762
  Net income..........................................                    8,835          8,835
                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------------
Balance at January 24, 1998 (unaudited)...............   $  93,313    $   5,179      $  98,492
                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------------
                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FOR THE FOUR
                                                                                   MONTHS      FOR THE FISCAL  FOR THE NINE
                                                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED             ENDED        YEAR ENDED    MONTHS ENDED
                                              --------------------------------  -------------  --------------  ------------
                                               DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,      APRIL 30,      APRIL 26,     JANUARY 25,
                                                   1994             1995            1996            1997           1997
                                              ---------------  ---------------  -------------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>
                                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss).........................     $   1,340        $  (3,367)      $  (4,675)     $    8,132     $    3,606
  Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss)
    to net cash provided by (used in)
    operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization
        expense.............................         1,719            2,927             674           2,106          1,570
      Non-recurring acquisition costs.......                                          1,122           1,792          1,792
      Other.................................           231              277             118             115             73
      Changes in current assets and
        liabilities (net of assets acquired
        and liabilities assumed in business
        combinations accounted for under the
        purchase method):
          Accounts receivable...............        (2,226)           2,666           3,727           1,277           (629)
          Inventory.........................         4,365           (2,523)         (4,376)          2,737          9,816
          Prepaid expenses and other current
            assets..........................          (989)            (338)           (443)         (2,361)        (1,509)
          Accounts payable..................        (4,367)           2,642           3,459          (6,969)       (12,376)
          Accrued liabilities...............          (341)           2,544            (784)         (5,911)         1,866
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
              Net cash provided by (used in)
                operating activities........          (268)           4,828          (1,178)            918          4,209
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Cash paid in acquisitions, net of cash
    received................................        (2,106)          (5,389)                         (7,734)        (7,609)
  Payments of non-recurring acquisition
    costs...................................                                         (1,122)         (1,792)        (1,725)
  Additions to property and equipment.......          (630)            (881)           (120)         (7,216)        (5,317)
  Other.....................................          (120)             178             414
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
              Net cash used in investing
                activities..................        (2,856)          (6,092)           (828)        (16,742)       (14,651)
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock....            80              500           1,080           1,979          1,979
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term
    debt....................................         1,850            1,715                             750          1,160
  Payments of long-term debt................        (2,023)          (1,488)           (194)        (16,962)       (17,164)
  Proceeds from (payments of) short-term
    debt, net...............................         3,295              655           1,263         (29,908)       (29,775)
  Advances from U.S. Office Products
    Company.................................                                                         59,919         55,029
  Capital contribution by U.S. Office
    Products................................
  Payments of dividends at Pooled
    Companies...............................                           (134)           (138)
  Purchase of treasury stock at Pooled
    Company.................................                            (92)
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
              Net cash provided by financing
                activities..................         3,202            1,156           2,011          15,778         11,229
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents...............................            78             (108)              5             (46)           787
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period....................................            71              149              41              46             46
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
  period....................................     $     149        $      41       $      46      $              $      833
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
  information:
      Interest paid.........................     $   2,850        $   5,564       $   1,461      $      456     $      630
      Income taxes paid (refunded)..........     $     236        $       9       $      (3)     $     (132)    $     (139)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                              JANUARY 24,
                                                  1998
                                              ------------
<S>                                           <C>
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss).........................   $    8,835
  Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss)
    to net cash provided by (used in)
    operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization
        expense.............................        3,382
      Non-recurring acquisition costs.......
      Other.................................           43
      Changes in current assets and
        liabilities (net of assets acquired
        and liabilities assumed in business
        combinations accounted for under the
        purchase method):
          Accounts receivable...............       (6,450)
          Inventory.........................        9,590
          Prepaid expenses and other current
            assets..........................        3,844
          Accounts payable..................       (6,593)
          Accrued liabilities...............        2,741
                                              ------------
              Net cash provided by (used in)
                operating activities........       15,392
                                              ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Cash paid in acquisitions, net of cash
    received................................      (92,076)
  Payments of non-recurring acquisition
    costs...................................
  Additions to property and equipment.......       (4,095)
  Other.....................................         (366)
                                              ------------
              Net cash used in investing
                activities..................      (96,537)
                                              ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock....
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term
    debt....................................
  Payments of long-term debt................       (6,200)
  Proceeds from (payments of) short-term
    debt, net...............................       (1,841)
  Advances from U.S. Office Products
    Company.................................       19,424
  Capital contribution by U.S. Office
    Products................................       69,762
  Payments of dividends at Pooled
    Companies...............................
  Purchase of treasury stock at Pooled
    Company.................................
                                              ------------
              Net cash provided by financing
                activities..................       81,145
                                              ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents...............................
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period....................................
                                              ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
  period....................................   $
                                              ------------
                                              ------------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
  information:
      Interest paid.........................   $       27
      Income taxes paid (refunded)..........   $
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
    The Company issued common stock and cash in connection with certain business
combinations accounted for under the purchase method in the years ended December
31, 1994 and 1995, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997, and the nine months
ended January 25, 1997 and January 24, 1998. The fair values of the assets and
liabilities of the acquired companies at the dates of the acquisitions are
presented as follows:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               FOR THE NINE
                                                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED         FOR THE FOUR   FOR THE FISCAL  MONTHS ENDED
                                              --------------------------------  MONTHS ENDED     YEAR ENDED    ------------
                                               DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,      APRIL 30,      APRIL 26,     JANUARY 25,
                                                   1994             1995            1996            1997           1997
                                              ---------------  ---------------  -------------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>
                                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
Accounts receivable.........................     $   8,112        $   1,589       $              $    5,381     $    5,381
Inventories.................................         9,743            1,823                           6,922          6,922
Prepaid expenses and other current assets...           823              502                           2,371          2,371
Property and equipment......................         2,211            4,536                           1,155          1,155
Intangible assets...........................                          3,268                          14,248         13,994
Other assets................................         1,488              156                              29             29
Short-term debt.............................        (6,785)            (191)                         (4,283)        (4,283)
Accounts payable............................        (6,447)            (274)                         (4,012)        (4,012)
Accrued liabilities.........................        (1,661)            (225)                         (1,846)        (1,717)
Long-term debt..............................        (5,378)          (5,795)                         (1,746)        (1,746)
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
              Net assets acquired...........     $   2,106        $   5,389       $              $   18,219     $   18,094
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
The acquisitions were funded as follows:
U.S. Office Products common stock...........     $                $               $              $   10,485     $   10,485
Cash paid, net of cash acquired.............         2,106            5,389                           7,734          7,609
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
              Total.........................     $   2,106        $   5,389       $              $   18,219     $   18,094
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
                                                   -------          -------     -------------  --------------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                              JANUARY 24,
                                                  1998
                                              ------------
<S>                                           <C>
 
Accounts receivable.........................   $   17,848
Inventories.................................       18,075
Prepaid expenses and other current assets...        2,431
Property and equipment......................        6,667
Intangible assets...........................       74,741
Other assets................................          210
Short-term debt.............................       (1,850)
Accounts payable............................       (9,410)
Accrued liabilities.........................       (7,050)
Long-term debt..............................       (6,020)
                                              ------------
              Net assets acquired...........   $   95,642
                                              ------------
                                              ------------
The acquisitions were funded as follows:
U.S. Office Products common stock...........   $    3,566
Cash paid, net of cash acquired.............       92,076
                                              ------------
              Total.........................   $   95,642
                                              ------------
                                              ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 1--BACKGROUND
 
    School Specialty, Inc. (the "Company") is a Delaware corporation which is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of U.S. Office Products Company ("U.S. Office
Products"). On January 13, 1998, U.S. Office Products announced its intention to
spin-off its Educational Supplies and Products Division (the "Education
Division") as an independent publicly owned company. This transaction is
expected to be effected through the distribution of shares of the Company to
U.S. Office Products' shareholders effective on or about April 25, 1998 (the
"Distribution"). Prior to the Distribution, U.S. Office Products plans to
contribute its equity interests in certain wholly-owned subsidiaries associated
with the Education Division to the Company. U.S. Office Products and the Company
will enter into a number of agreements to facilitate the Distribution and the
transition of the Company to an independent business enterprise.
 
    The Education Division was created by U.S. Office Products in May 1996 in
connection with the acquisition of School Specialty, Inc., a Wisconsin
corporation ("Old School"). This business combination and the acquisition in
July 1996 of The Re-Print Corp. ("Re-Print") were accounted for under the
pooling-of-interests method (Old School and Re-Print are herein referred to as
the "Pooled Companies"). As a result of these business combinations being
accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method, the results of the Company
prior to the completion of such business combinations represent the combined
results of the Pooled Companies operating as separate autonomous entities.
 
NOTE 2--BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
    The consolidated financial statements reflect the assets, liabilities,
divisional equity, revenues and expenses that were directly related to the
Company as it was operated within U.S. Office Products. In cases involving
assets and liabilities not specifically identifiable to any particular business
of U.S. Office Products, only those assets and liabilities expected to be
transferred to the Company prior to the Distribution were included in the
Company's separate consolidated balance sheet. With the exception of interest
expense, the Company's statement of income includes all of the related costs of
doing business, including an allocation of certain general corporate expenses of
U.S. Office Products which were not directly related to these businesses
including certain corporate executives' salaries, accounting and legal fees,
departmental costs for accounting, finance, legal, purchasing, marketing, human
resources as well as other general overhead costs. These allocations were based
on a variety of factors, dependent upon the nature of the costs being allocated,
including revenues, number and size of acquisitions and number of employees.
Management believes these allocations were made on a reasonable basis.
    
 
    U.S. Office Products uses a centralized approach to cash management and the
financing of its operations. As a result, minimal amounts of cash and cash
equivalents and an agreed upon amount of debt will be allocated to the Company
at the time of the Distribution. The consolidated statement of income does not
include an allocation of interest expense on all debt allocated to the Company.
See Note 9 for further discussion of interest expense.
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CHANGE IN FISCAL YEAR
 
    Prior to their respective dates of acquisition by U.S. Office Products, the
Pooled Companies reported results on years ending on December 31. Upon
acquisition by U.S. Office Products and effective for the fiscal year ended
April 26, 1997 ("fiscal 1997"), the Pooled Companies changed their year-ends
from December 31 to conform to U.S. Office Products' fiscal year, which ends on
the last Saturday in April. A four month fiscal transition period from January
1, 1996 through April 30, 1996 has been presented for the Company to conform its
fiscal year-end.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and
accounts are eliminated in consolidation.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers temporary cash investments with original maturities of
three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable.
Receivables arising from sales to customers are not collateralized and, as a
result, management continually monitors the financial condition of its customers
to reduce the risk of loss.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined
on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis and consist primarily of products held for
sale.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment is stated at cost. Additions and improvements are
capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation of
property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The estimated useful lives
range from 25 to 40 years for buildings and its components and 3 to 15 years for
furniture, fixtures and equipment. Property and equipment leased under capital
leases is being amortized over the lesser of its useful life or its lease terms.
 
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
   
    Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill, which represents the excess
of cost over the fair value of assets acquired in business combinations
accounted for under the purchase method and non-
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
   
compete agreements. Substantially all goodwill is amortized on a straight line
basis over an estimated useful life of 40 years. Management periodically
evaluates the recoverability of goodwill, which would be adjusted for a
permanent decline in value, if any, by comparing anticipated undiscounted future
cash flows from operations to net book value. Other intangible assets are being
amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to four years.
    
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments including cash
and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair
value.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    As a division of U.S. Office Products, the Company does not file separate
federal income tax returns but rather is included in the federal income tax
returns filed by U.S. Office Products and its subsidiaries from the respective
dates that the entities within the Company were acquired by U.S. Office
Products. For purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the Company's
allocated share of U.S. Office Products' income tax provision was based on the
"separate return" method. Certain companies acquired in pooling-of-interests
transactions elected to be taxed as Subchapter S corporations, and accordingly,
no federal income taxes were recorded by those companies for periods prior to
their acquisition by U.S. Office Products.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenue is recognized upon the delivery of products or upon the completion
of services provided to customers as no additional obligations to the customers
exist. Returns of the Company's product are considered immaterial.
 
COST OF REVENUES
 
    Vendor rebates are recognized on an accrual basis in the period earned and
are recorded as a reduction to cost of revenues. Delivery and occupancy costs
are included in cost of revenues.
 
   
ADVERTISING COSTS
    
 
   
    The Company expenses advertising costs when the advertisement occurs.
Advertising costs are included in the consolidated statement of income as a
component of selling, general and administrative expenses.
    
 
   
DEFERRED CATALOG COSTS
    
 
   
    Deferred catalog costs are amortized in amounts proportionate to revenues
over the life of the catalog which is typically one to two years. Amortization
expense related to deferred catalog costs is included in the consolidated
statement of income as a component of selling, general and administrative
expenses. Such amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 1994 and
1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997
and the nine months ended January 24, 1998 was $3,755, $4,395, $832, $3,621 and
$4,646 (unaudited), respectively.
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
   
INTERNALLY DEVELOPED SOFTWARE
    
 
   
    Internal costs related to internally developed software, such as internal
salaries and supplies, are expensed as incurred as a component of selling,
general and administrative expenses. External costs related to internally
developed software, such as fees for outside programmers and consultants, are
capitalized and expensed over the expected useful life of the software, normally
three to five years.
    
 
NON-RECURRING ACQUISITION COSTS
 
   
    Non-recurring acquisition costs represent acquisition costs incurred by the
Company in business combinations accounted for under the pooling-of-interests
method. These costs include accounting, legal, and investment banking fees, real
estate and environmental assessments and appraisals, and various regulatory
fees. Generally accepted accounting principles require the Company to expense
all acquisition costs (both those paid by the Company and those paid by the
sellers of the acquired companies) related to business combinations accounted
for under the pooling-of-interests method.
    
 
RESTRUCTURING COSTS
 
    The Company records the costs of consolidating existing Company facilities
into acquired operations, including the external costs and liabilities to close
redundant Company facilities and severance and relocation costs related to the
Company's employees in accordance with EITF Issue No. 94-3, "Liability
Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an
Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in Restructuring)."
 
   
NET INCOME PER SHARE
    
 
   
    Net income per share is calculated in accordance with the Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128 "Earnings Per Share," which
establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share ("EPS").
SFAS No. 128 requires dual presentation of basic and diluted EPS on the face of
the income statement. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing
income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares
outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that
could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were
exercised or converted into common stock. The difference between the
weighted-average number of common shares used for the calculation of basic EPS
and the weighted average number of shares of common shares used for the diluted
EPS is comprised of the dilutive effect of outstanding common stock options.
However, a portion of the Company's employee stock options outstanding during
the periods presented were not included in the computation of diluted EPS as
they were anti-dilutive.
    
 
   
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
    
 
   
    In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains, and losses)
in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. SFAS No. 130 requires
that all items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as
components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is
displayed with the same prominence
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
as other financial statements. SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997. Reclassification of financial statements for
earlier periods provided for comparative purposes is required. The Company
intends to adopt SFAS No. 130 in fiscal 1999.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    In the opinion of management, the Company has made all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation
of the financial condition of the Company as of January 24, 1998 and the results
of operations and of cash flows for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and
January 24, 1998, as presented in the accompanying unaudited consolidated
financial data.
    
 
NOTE 4--BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
POOLING-OF-INTERESTS METHOD
 
   
    In fiscal 1997, the Company issued 4,257,693 shares of U.S. Office Products
common stock to acquire the Pooled Companies. The Pooled Companies and the
number of shares issued are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  NUMBER OF
COMPANY NAME                                                                    SHARES ISSUED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                                                             <C>
School Specialty, Inc.........................................................      2,307,693
Re-Print......................................................................      1,950,000
                                                                                --------------
    Total shares issued.......................................................      4,257,693
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The Company's consolidated financial statements give retroactive effect to
the acquisitions of the Pooled Companies for all periods presented. Prior to
being acquired by U.S. Office Products, the Pooled Companies reported on years
ending on December 31. Upon completion of the acquisitions of the Pooled
Companies, their year-ends were changed to U.S. Office Products' year-end of the
last Saturday in April.
    
 
    The following presents the separate results, in each of the periods
presented, of the Company (excluding the results of Pooled Companies prior to
the dates on which they were acquired), and the Pooled Companies up to the dates
on which they were acquired:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SCHOOL       POOLED
                                                                             SPECIALTY    COMPANIES    COMBINED
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
For the year ended December 31, 1994
  Revenues................................................................  $             $ 119,510   $   119,510
  Net income..............................................................  $             $   1,340   $     1,340
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 4--BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SCHOOL       POOLED
                                                                             SPECIALTY    COMPANIES    COMBINED
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
For the year ended December 31, 1995
  Revenues................................................................  $             $ 150,482   $   150,482
  Net income (loss).......................................................  $             $  (3,367)  $    (3,367)
For the four months ended April 30, 1996
  Revenues................................................................  $             $  28,616   $    28,616
  Net income (loss).......................................................  $             $  (4,675)  $    (4,675)
For the year ended April 26, 1997
  Revenues................................................................  $   181,420   $  10,326   $   191,746
  Net income..............................................................  $     7,791   $     341   $     8,132
For the nine months ended January 25, 1997 (unaudited):
  Revenues................................................................  $   149,651   $  10,326   $   159,977
  Net income..............................................................  $     3,265   $     341   $     3,606
For the nine months ended January 24, 1998 (unaudited):
  Revenues................................................................  $   247,880   $           $   247,880
  Net income..............................................................  $     8,835   $           $     8,835
</TABLE>
    
 
PURCHASE METHOD
 
    In 1994, one of the Pooled Companies made one acquisition accounted for
under the purchase method for an aggregate cash purchase price of $2,106. The
total assets related to the acquisition were $22,377. The results of the
acquisition have been included in the Company's results from its date of
acquisition.
 
    In 1995, one of the Pooled Companies made one acquisition accounted for
under the purchase method for an aggregate cash purchase price of $5,389. The
total assets related to the acquisition were $11,874, including goodwill of
$3,268. The results of the acquisition have been included in the Company's
results from its date of acquisition.
 
    In fiscal 1997, the Company made six acquisitions accounted for under the
purchase method for an aggregate purchase price of $18,219 consisting of $7,734
of cash and U.S. Office Products common stock with a market value of $10,485.
The total assets related to these six acquisitions were $30,106, including
goodwill of $14,248. The results of these acquisitions have been included in the
Company's results from their respective dates of acquisition.
 
   
    The following presents the unaudited pro forma results of operations of the
Company for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the fiscal year ended April 26,
1997 and includes the Company's consolidated financial statements, which give
retroactive effect to the acquisitions of the Pooled Companies for all periods
presented, and the results of the companies acquired in purchase acquisitions
through April 27, 1997 as if all such purchase acquisitions had been made at the
beginning of 1995. The results presented below include certain pro forma
adjustments to reflect the amortization of intangible assets, adjustments in
executive compensation of $1,200 and $124 for the year ended December 31, 1995
and the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997, respectively, and the inclusion of a
federal income tax provision on all earnings:
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 4--BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                                       ---------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,    APRIL 26,
                                                                                            1995          1997
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
Revenues.............................................................................   $    206,329   $   206,566
Net income (loss)....................................................................         (1,199)        2,939
</TABLE>
 
   
    The unaudited pro forma results of operations are prepared for comparative
purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the results that would have
occurred had the acquisitions occurred at the beginning of 1995 or the results
which may occur in the future.
    
 
NOTE 5--RESTRUCTURING COSTS
 
    The Company records the costs of consolidating existing Company facilities
into acquired operations, including the external costs and liabilities to close
redundant Company facilities and severance and relocation costs related to the
Company's employees. The following table sets forth the Company's accrued
restructuring costs:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FACILITY        SEVERANCE     OTHER ASSET
                                                             CLOSURE AND         AND        WRITE-DOWNS
                                                            CONSOLIDATION   TERMINATIONS     AND COSTS      TOTAL
                                                           ---------------  -------------  -------------  ---------
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance at April 30 1996.................................     $     641       $     469     $     1,422   $   2,532
  Additions..............................................                                           194         194
  Utilizations...........................................          (641)           (469)         (1,465)     (2,575)
                                                                 ------          ------    -------------  ---------
Balance at April 26, 1997................................                                           151         151
  Utilizations...........................................                                          (151)       (151)
                                                                 ------          ------    -------------  ---------
Balance at January 24, 1998 (unaudited)..................     $               $             $             $
                                                                 ------          ------    -------------  ---------
                                                                 ------          ------    -------------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 6--PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
 
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               APRIL 30,   APRIL 26,
                                                                                                 1996        1997
                                                                                              -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                                           <C>          <C>
Deferred catalog costs......................................................................   $   4,387   $   5,740
Deferred income taxes.......................................................................                   1,184
Other.......................................................................................       1,169       3,407
                                                                                              -----------  ---------
  Total prepaid expenses and other current assets...........................................   $   5,556   $  10,331
                                                                                              -----------  ---------
                                                                                              -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Deferred catalog costs represent costs which have been paid to produce
Company catalogs which will be used in future periods. These deferred catalog
costs will be expensed in the periods the catalogs are used.
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 7--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             APRIL 30,  APRIL 26,
                                                                                               1996       1997
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Land.......................................................................................  $      58  $     729
Buildings..................................................................................      2,042      6,488
Furniture and fixtures.....................................................................        882      6,502
Warehouse Equipment........................................................................      8,767      3,163
Leasehold improvements.....................................................................        631      2,185
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                                12,380     19,067
Less: Accumulated depreciation.............................................................     (4,733)    (4,589)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net property and equipment.................................................................  $   7,647  $  14,478
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the
four months ended April 30, 1996 and the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 was
$888, $1,645, $470 and $1,540, respectively.
 
NOTE 8--INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Intangible assets consist of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              APRIL 30,  APRIL 26,  JANUARY 24,
                                                                                1996       1997         1998
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
Goodwill....................................................................  $   8,312  $  22,128   $   96,770
Other.......................................................................      1,647      2,020        2,487
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                                  9,959     24,148       99,257
Less: Accumulated amortization..............................................     (2,817)    (3,324)      (4,606)
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
      Net intangible assets.................................................  $   7,142  $  20,824   $   94,651
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the
four months ended April 30, 1996, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and the
nine months ended January 24, 1998 was $757, $1,098, $204, $566 and $1,411
(unaudited) respectively.
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 9--CREDIT FACILITIES
 
SHORT-TERM DEBT
 
    Short-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             APRIL 30,  APRIL 26,
                                                                                               1996       1997
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Credit facilities with banks, average interest rates ranging from 10% to 10.75% at April
  30, 1996.................................................................................  $  21,898  $
Subordinated debt, interest at 8% at April 30, 1996........................................      1,000
Other......................................................................................        441         30
Current maturities of long-term debt.......................................................      2,548        232
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Total short-term debt......................................................................  $  25,887  $     262
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             APRIL 30,  APRIL 26,
                                                                                               1996       1997
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Subordinated notes, at 12.5% at April 30, 1996.............................................  $  13,325  $
Note payable to former shareholder, interest at 10% at April 30, 1996......................      2,717
Other......................................................................................        953        483
Capital lease obligations..................................................................        584        315
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                                17,579        798
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt.................................................     (2,548)      (232)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total long-term debt...................................................................  $  15,031  $     566
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The agreement related to the subordinated notes provided for the bank and
its agents to receive 12,551 and 14,941 detachable warrants for Pooled Company
common stock in June 1994 and January 1995, respectively. The warrants were
valued at $45 per share with such amount deducted from the face value of the
subordinated notes. In conjunction with the acquisition of the Pooled Company by
U.S. Office Products, the outstanding subordinated debt balance was paid in full
and all of the outstanding warrants were exercised and subsequently converted to
U.S. Office Products common stock.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 9--CREDIT FACILITIES (CONTINUED)
MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Maturities on long-term debt, including capital lease obligations, are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
1998..............................................................................  $     232
1999..............................................................................        216
2000..............................................................................        204
2001..............................................................................         41
2002..............................................................................         36
Thereafter........................................................................         68
                                                                                    ---------
  Total maturities of long-term debt..............................................  $     797
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
PAYABLE TO U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS
 
   
    The short-term payable to U.S. Office Products was incurred by the Company
primarily as a result of U.S. Office Products repaying short-term debt
outstanding of the businesses acquired by U.S. Office Products at or soon after
the respective dates of acquisition and through the centralized cash management
system, which involves daily advances or sweeps of cash to keep the cash balance
at or near zero on a daily basis.
    
 
   
    The long-term payable to U.S. Office Products primarily represents payments
made by U.S. Office Products on behalf of the Company and a reasonable
allocation by U.S. Office Products of certain general corporate expenses. An
analysis of the activity in this account is as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Balance at April 30, 1996........................................................  $
Payments of long-term debt of acquired companies.................................     21,379
Funding of acquisitions and payment of acquisition costs.........................      8,203
Allocated corporate expenses.....................................................      2,221
Normal operating costs paid by U.S. Office Products..............................      1,423
                                                                                   ---------
 
Unaudited data:
Balance at April 26, 1997........................................................     33,226
Payments of long-term debt of acquired companies.................................        822
Funding of acquisitions and payment of acquisition costs.........................     24,646
Allocated corporate expenses.....................................................      3,089
Normal operating costs paid by U.S. Office Products..............................        687
                                                                                   ---------
Balance at January 24, 1998......................................................  $  62,470
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The average outstanding long-term payable to U.S. Office Products during the
fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and the nine months ended January 24, 1998 was
$27,269 and $47,767 (unaudited), respectively. Interest has been allocated to
the Company based upon the Company's average outstanding payable balance with
U.S. Office Products at U.S. Office Products' weighted average interest rate
during such period.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 9--CREDIT FACILITIES (CONTINUED)
   
    The Company's financial statements include allocations of interest expense
from U.S. Office Products totaling $3,879 and $4,057 (unaudited) during the year
ended April 26, 1997 and the nine months ended Janaury 24, 1998, respectively.
    
 
   
    U.S. Office Products has allocated $80.0 million in U.S. Office Products'
debt to the Company plus expenditures for acquisitions completed after January
12, 1998. The Company has completed one such acquisition subsequent to January
12, 1998 for a total expenditure of $3.3 million (unaudited). The allocation of
U.S. Office Products' debt includes debt outstanding with third parties and
intercompany debt payable to U.S. Office Products. The debt payable to U.S.
Office Products is payable upon the completion of the Distribution and it is
expected to be refinanced pursuant to the revolving credit facility described
below.
    
 
   
    The Company has received a committment letter for a secured $250.0 million
revolving credit facility from NationsBank, N.A. as administrative agent.
NationsBank Montgomery Securities LLC, one of the Underwriters and an affiliate
of NationsBank, N.A., is the Arranger and Syndication Agent. The credit facility
terminates five years from the Distribution Date. The committment letter
provides that interest on borrowings under the credit facility will accrue
interest at a rate of, at the Company's option, either LIBOR plus 1.00% or the
lender's base rate, plus a margin of 0% to .25% for up to the first 6 months
under the agreement. Thereafter, the interest will accrue at a rate of (i) LIBOR
plus a range of .625% to 1.625%, or (ii) the lender's base rate plus a range of
 .125% to .250% (depending on the Company's leverage ratio of funded debt to
EBITDA). Indebtedness will be secured by substantially all of the assets of the
Company. The credit facility will be subject to terms and conditions typical of
facilities of such size and is governed by certain financial covenants. The
closing of the credit facility is conditioned on, among other things, the
consummation of the Distribution. The Company expects that at or about the time
of the Offering the credit facility will be used to repay the debt allocated by
U.S. Office Products and to fund working capital and capital expenditure needs.
The Company expects that a portion of the credit facility will also be available
to fund the cash portion of future acquisitions, subject to the maintenance of
required covenants.
    
 
NOTE 10--INCOME TAXES
 
    The provision for income taxes consists of:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FOR THE YEAR ENDED         FOR THE FOUR   FOR THE FISCAL
                                                   ------------------------------   MONTHS ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                                    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,     APRIL 30,       APRIL 26,
                                                        1994            1995            1996            1997
                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Income taxes currently payable:
  Federal........................................    $     (165)     $      (66)     $               $       71
  State..........................................           149                                              99
                                                        -------         -------         -------         -------
                                                            (16)            (66)                            170
                                                        -------         -------         -------         -------
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)............           234             239             139          (2,582)
                                                        -------         -------         -------         -------
    Total provision for income taxes.............    $      218      $      173      $      139      $   (2,412)
                                                        -------         -------         -------         -------
                                                        -------         -------         -------         -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 10--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Deferred taxes are comprised of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              APRIL 30,  APRIL 26,
                                                                                                1996       1997
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                           <C>        <C>
Current deferred tax assets:
  Inventory.................................................................................  $    (349) $     265
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................................................        106        193
  Net operating loss carryforward...........................................................      3,820      3,069
  Accrued liabilities.......................................................................        332        421
  Prepaid catalog advertising/restructuring.................................................       (205)    (1,893)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Total current deferred tax assets.......................................................      3,704      2,055
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Long-term deferred tax liabilities:
  Property and equipment....................................................................       (126)      (289)
  Intangible assets.........................................................................        622        258
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Total long-term deferred tax asset (liabilities)........................................        496        (31)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Subtotal................................................................................      4,200      2,024
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
  Valuation allowance.......................................................................     (5,339)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Net deferred tax asset (liability)......................................................  $  (1,139) $   2,024
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    At April 30, 1996, a valuation allowance had been recorded, related to
deferred tax assets of a Pooled Company, including net operating loss
carryforwards. Based upon the improved profitability of this Pooled Company
during fiscal 1997, the valuation allowance was reversed, resulting in a benefit
from income taxes.
    
 
    The Company's effective income tax rate varied from the U.S. federal
statutory tax rate as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FOR THE YEAR ENDED           FOR THE FOUR     FOR THE FISCAL
                                                   --------------------------------    MONTHS ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                    DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,        APRIL 30,         APRIL 26,
                                                        1994             1995              1996              1997
                                                   ---------------  ---------------  -----------------  ---------------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>
U.S. federal statutory rate......................          34.0%            34.0%             35.0%             35.0%
State income taxes, net of federal income tax
  benefit for fiscal 1997........................           9.6                                                  1.0
Net operating loss utilized......................         (33.0)
No benefit for current year net operating loss...                          (34.0)            (32.8)
Reversal of valuation allowance..................                                                              (84.8)
Nondeductible goodwill...........................                                             (2.2)              1.6
Nondeductible acquisition costs..................                                                                5.0
Tax on separate company income not offset against
  other company's loss...........................                           (5.4)             (3.0)
Other............................................           3.4
                                                          -----            -----             -----             -----
Effective income tax rate........................          14.0%            (5.4)%             (3.0   )%         (42.2  )%
                                                          -----            -----              -----             -----
                                                          -----            -----              -----             -----
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 11--LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
    The Company leases various types of retail, warehouse and office facilities
and equipment, furniture and fixtures under noncancelable lease agreements which
expire at various dates. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable
capital and operating leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                CAPITAL     OPERATING
                                                                                                LEASES       LEASES
                                                                                              -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                           <C>          <C>
1998........................................................................................   $     232    $     871
1999........................................................................................         118          806
2000........................................................................................           6          599
2001........................................................................................                      517
2002........................................................................................                      496
Thereafter..................................................................................                    1,057
                                                                                                   -----   -----------
Total minimum lease payments................................................................         356    $   4,346
                                                                                                           -----------
                                                                                                           -----------
Less: Amounts representing interest                                                                  (42)
                                                                                                   -----
Present value of net minimum lease payments.................................................   $     314
                                                                                                   -----
                                                                                                   -----
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the four months
ended April 30, 1996 and the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 was $1,486,
$1,947, $600 and $1,817, respectively.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 12--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
LITIGATION
 
    The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation arising in the
normal course of its business. Management believes that none of this litigation
will have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of
operations or cash flows of the Company.
 
POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
 
    The Company has entered into employment agreements with several employees
that would result in payments to these employees upon a change of control or
certain other events. No amounts have been accrued at April 30, 1996 or April
26, 1997 related to these agreements, as no change of control has occurred.
 
DISTRIBUTION
 
    On or immediately after the Distribution, the Company expects to have a
credit facility in place. The terms of the credit facility are expected to
contain customary covenants including financial covenants. The Company plans to
use a portion of the proceeds from the credit facility to repay certain amounts
payable to U.S. Office Products.
 
    On or before the date of the Distribution, School Specialty, U.S. Office
Products and the other Spin-Off Companies will enter into the Distribution
Agreement, the Tax Allocation Agreement, and the Employee Benefits Agreement and
the Spin-Off Companies will enter into the Tax Indemnification Agreement and may
enter into other agreements, including agreements relating to referral of
customers to one another. These agreements are expected to provide, among other
things, for U.S. Office Products and School Specialty to indemnify each other
from tax and other liabilities relating to their respective businesses prior to
and following the Distribution. Certain of the obligations of School Specialty
and the other Spin-Off Companies to indemnify U.S. Office Products are joint and
several. Therefore, if one of the other spin-off companies fails to satisfy its
indemnification obligations to U.S. Office Products when such a loss occurs,
School Specialty may be required to reimburse U.S. Office Products for all or a
portion of the losses that otherwise would have been allocated to other spin-off
companies. In addition, the agreements will allocate liabilities, including
general corporate and securities liabilities of U.S. Office Products not
specifically related to the school supplies business, between U.S. Office
Products and the Company and the other Spin-Off Companies. The terms of the
agreements that will govern the relationship between School Specialty and U.S.
Office Products will be established by U.S. Office Products in consultation with
School Specialty's management prior to the Distribution while School Specialty
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of U.S. Office Products.
 
NOTE 13--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    Effective September 1, 1996, the Company implemented the U.S. Office
Products 401(k) Retirement Plan (the "401(k) Plan") which allows employee
contributions in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
The Company matches a portion of employee contributions and all full-time
employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan after one year of
service.
 
    Certain subsidiaries of the Company have, or had prior to implementation of
the 401(k) Plan, qualified defined contribution benefit plans, which allow for
voluntary pre-tax contributions by the
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 13--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
employees. The subsidiaries paid all general and administrative expenses of the
plans and in some cases made matching contributions on behalf of the employees.
For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the four months ended April
30, 1996, the subsidiaries incurred expenses totaling $175, $105 and $6,
respectively, related to these plans.
 
NOTE 14--STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
   
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION BY U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS
    
 
   
    During the nine months ended January 24, 1998, U.S. Office Products
contributed $69,762 of capital to the Company. The contribution reflects the
forgiveness of intercompany debt by U.S. Office Products, as it was agreed that
the Company would be allocated only $80,000 of debt plus the amount of any
additional debt incurred after January 12, 1998 in connection with the
acquisition of entities that will become subsidiaries of School Specialty.
    
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS
 
   
    Prior to the Distribution, certain employees of the Company participated in
the U.S. Office Products 1994 Long-Term Compensation Plan covering employees of
U.S. Office Products. The Company expects to adopt an employee stock option plan
at approximately the time of the Distribution. The Company expects to replace
the options to purchase shares of common stock of U.S. Office Products held by
employees with options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company. U.S.
Office Products granted 249,600 options to Company employees under the Plan
during fiscal 1997; and the Company accounted for these options in accordance
with APB Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, because the exercise prices of the options
have equaled the market price on the date of grant, no compensation expense was
recognized for the options granted. Had compensation expense been recognized
based upon the fair value of the stock options oon the grant date under the
methodology prescribed by the SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," the Company's net income and basic net income per share for the
year ended April 26, 1997 would have been reduced by $749 and $0.01,
respectively.
    
 
    Under a services agreement entered into with Jonathan J. Ledecky, the Board
of Directors of U.S. Office Products has agreed that Jonathan J. Ledecky will
receive a stock option for School Specialty Common Stock from School Specialty
as of the date of the Distribution. The U.S. Office Products Board intends the
option to be compensation for Mr. Ledecky's services as a director of the
Company, and certain services as an employee of the Company. The option will
cover up to 7.5% of the outstanding Company common stock determined as of the
date of the Distribution, with no anti-dilution provisions in the event of
issuance of additional shares of common stock (other than with respect to stock
splits or reverse stock splits). The option will have a per share exercise price
equal to the price of the first trade on the day the Company's common stock is
first publicly traded.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 15--QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
    The following presents certain unaudited quarterly financial data for the
year ended December 31, 1995 and the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                      ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                        FIRST      SECOND       THIRD     FOURTH       TOTAL
                                                      ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Revenues............................................  $  18,760  $    36,702  $  69,192  $  25,828  $   150,482
Gross profit........................................      4,960       11,130     20,795      7,840       44,725
Operating income (loss).............................     (3,014)       1,196      8,934     (4,792)       2,324
Net income (loss)...................................     (3,711)        (252)     4,309     (3,713)      (3,367)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                      YEAR ENDED APRIL 26, 1997
                                                      ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                        FIRST      SECOND       THIRD     FOURTH       TOTAL
                                                      ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues............................................  $  58,991  $    71,682  $  29,304  $  31,769  $   191,746
Gross profit........................................     18,110       19,823      7,664      9,572       55,169
Operating income (loss).............................      5,197        6,732     (1,520)      (688)       9,721
Net income (loss)...................................      1,981        2,692     (1,067)     4,526        8,132
</TABLE>
    
 
   
NOTE 16--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
    On January 13, 1998, U.S. Office Products announced its intention to
complete the Distribution described in Note 1. In addition, subsequent to April
26, 1997, the Company has completed eight business combinations accounted for
under the purchase method for an aggregate purchase price of $98,892, consisting
of $95,326 of cash and U.S. Office Products Common Stock with a market value of
$3,566. The results of operations for the nine months ended January 24, 1998
include the results of the acquired companies from their respective dates of
acquisition.
    
 
   
    The following presents the unaudited pro forma results of operations of the
Company for fiscal 1997 as if the acquisitions described above had been
consummated as of the beginning of fiscal 1997. The results presented below
include certain pro forma adjustments to reflect the amortization of intangible
assets, adjustments in executive compensation of $124 for the fiscal year ended
April 26, 1997 and the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and the inclusion of a
federal income tax provision on all earnings:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED   ------------------------------------
                                                            APRIL 26, 1997    JANUARY 25, 1997   JANUARY 24, 1998
                                                          ------------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>                 <C>                <C>
Revenues................................................     $    350,760            292,244            321,010
Net income..............................................           11,714              7,809             10,526
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The unaudited pro forma results of operations are prepared for comparative
purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the results that would have
occurred had the acquisitions occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1997 or the
results which may occur in the future.
    
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                    PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
    The unaudited pro forma financial statements give effect to the spin-off of
School Specialty, Inc. (the "Company"), formerly the Educational Supplies and
Products Division of U.S. Office Products Company ("U.S. Office Products"),
through the distribution of shares of the Company to U.S. Office Products
shareholders (the "Distribution) and acquisitions completed through May 1, 1998.
    
 
   
    The pro forma combined balance sheet gives effect to the Distribution and to
all acquisitions completed through May 1, 1998, as if such transactions had
occurred as of the Company's most recent balance sheet date, January 24, 1998.
    
 
   
    The pro forma combined statement of income for the fiscal year ended April
26, 1997 gives effect to (i) the Distribution; (ii) the acquisitions of six
individually insignificant companies in business combinations accounted for
under the purchase method completed during the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997
(the "Fiscal 1997 Purchase Acquisitions"); and (iii) the acquisitions of
Childcraft Education Corp., Sax Arts & Crafts, Inc. ("Sax Arts & Crafts"),
American Academic and four other individually insignificant companies in
business combinations accounted for under the purchase method completed during
the fiscal year ending April 25, 1998 (the "Fiscal 1998 Purchase Acquisitions"),
as if all such transactions had occurred on May 1, 1996. The pro forma combined
statement of income for the year ended April 26, 1997 includes (i) the audited
financial information of the Company for the year ended April 26, 1997; (ii) the
unaudited financial information of the Fiscal 1997 Purchase Acquisitions for the
period from May 1, 1996 through their respective dates of acquisitions; and
(iii) the unaudited financial information of the Fiscal 1998 Purchase
Acquisitions for the period from May 1, 1996 through April 26, 1997.
    
 
   
    The pro forma combined statement of income for the nine months ended January
24, 1998 gives effect to the Distribution and the Fiscal 1998 Purchase
Acquisitions, as if all such transactions had occurred on April 27, 1997. The
pro forma combined statement of income for the nine months ended January 24,
1998 includes the unaudited financial information of the Company for the nine
months ended January 24, 1998 and the unaudited financial information of the
Fiscal 1998 Purchase Acquisitions for the period from April 27, 1997 through the
earlier of their respective dates of acquisition or January 24, 1998.
    
 
   
    The pro forma combined statement of income for the nine months ended January
25, 1997 gives effect to (i) the Distribution; (ii) the Fiscal 1997 Purchase
Acquisitions; and (iii) the Fiscal 1998 Purchase Acquisitions, as if all such
transactions had occurred on May 1, 1996. The pro forma combined statement of
income for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 includes (i) the unaudited
financial information of the Company for the nine months ended January 25, 1997;
(ii) the unaudited financial information of the Fiscal 1997 Purchase
Acquisitions for the period from May 1, 1996 through the earlier of their
respective dates of acquisition or January 25, 1997; and (iii) the unaudited
financial information of the Fiscal 1998 Purchase Acquisitions for the period
from May 1, 1996 through January 25, 1997.
    
 
    The historical financial statements of the Company give retroactive effect
to the results of the two companies acquired by the Company during the fiscal
year ended April 26, 1997 in business combinations accounted for under the
pooling-of-interests method of accounting.
 
   
    The historical financial statements of the Company also reflect an allocated
portion of general and administrative costs and interest expense incurred by
U.S. Office Products. The allocated costs include expenses such as: certain
corporate executives' salaries, accounting and legal fees, departmental costs
for accounting, finance, legal, purchasing, marketing and human resources, as
well as other general overhead costs. These corporate overheads have been
allocated to the Company using one of several factors, dependent on the nature
of the costs being allocated, including, revenues, number and size of
    
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
              PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
acquisitions and number of employees. Interest expense has been allocated to the
Company based upon the Company's average outstanding intercompany balance with
U.S. Office Products at U.S. Office Products' weighted average interest rate
during such period.
    
 
    The pro forma adjustments are based upon preliminary estimates, available
information and certain assumptions that management deems appropriate. The
unaudited pro forma combined financial data presented herein does not purport to
represent what the Company's financial position or results of operations would
have been had the transactions which are the subject of pro forma adjustments
occurred on those dates, as assumed, and are not necessarily representative of
the Company's financial position or results of operations in any future period.
The pro forma combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the other financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                        PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
 
   
                                JANUARY 24, 1998
    
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        POST
                                      SCHOOL      JANUARY 24, 1998                              PRO FORMA
                                    SPECIALTY,        PURCHASE         PRO FORMA                 OFFERING     PRO FORMA
                                       INC.          ACQUISTION       ADJUSTMENTS   SUBTOTAL   ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                  --------------  -----------------  -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
<S>                               <C>             <C>                <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>
                                                         ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.....    $                 $                $            $           $             $
  Accounts receivable, net......        41,530                                         41,530
  Inventory.....................        32,946              100                        33,046
  Prepaid and other current
    assets......................         8,997                                          8,997
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
      Total current assets......        83,473              100                        83,573
 
Property and equipment, net.....        20,489              350                        20,839
Intangible assets, net..........        94,651                             2,800(a)    97,451
Other assets....................         2,594                                          2,594
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
      Total assets..............    $  201,207        $     450        $   2,800    $ 204,457
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
 
                            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Short term debt...............    $      272        $                $            $     272   $             $
  Short-term Payable to U.S.
    Office Products.............        16,873                           (16,873)(b)
  Accounts payable..............        11,951                                         11,951
  Accrued compensation..........         5,502                                          5,502
  Other accrued liabilities.....         5,262                                          5,262
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
      Total current
        liabilities.............        39,860                           (16,873)      22,987
 
Long-term debt..................           385                            82,593(b)    82,978
Long-term Payable to U.S. Office
  Products......................        62,470                             3,250(a)
                                                                         (65,720)(b)
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
      Total liabilities.........       102,715                             3,250      105,965
 
Stockholder's equity:
  Divisional equity.............        93,313                                         93,313
  Retained earnings.............         5,179                                          5,179
  Equity in Purchased Company...                            450             (450)(a)
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
      Total stockholder's
        equity..................        98,492              450             (450)      98,492
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
      Total liabilities and
        stockholder's equity....    $  201,207        $     450        $   2,800    $ 204,457
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
                                  --------------       --------      -------------  ---------  ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                     PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
   
                   FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 24, 1998
    
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       INDIVIDUALLY
                                                                       INSIGNIFICANT
                                   SCHOOL         SAX                  FISCAL 1998                                PRO FORMA
                                 SPECIALTY,     ARTS &     AMERICAN      PURCHASE      PRO FORMA                  OFFERING
                                    INC.        CRAFTS     ACADEMIC    ACQUISITIONS   ADJUSTMENTS    SUBTOTAL    ADJUSTMENTS
                               --------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -------------  ----------  -------------
<S>                            <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>
Revenues.....................    $  247,880    $   7,764   $  36,423    $   28,943     $            $  321,010
Cost of revenues.............       176,501        4,494      26,203        21,314                     228,512
                               --------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -------------  ----------  -------------
    Gross profit.............        71,379        3,270      10,220         7,629                      92,498
 
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses....        49,588        1,779       6,968         6,425           224(d)     64,984
Amortization expense.........         1,411                                                  556(e)      1,967
                               --------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -------------  ----------  -------------
    Operating income.........        20,380        1,491       3,252         1,204          (780)       25,547
 
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense...........         4,100          100         441            38           856(f)      5,535
  Interest income............          (109)                                    (4)          113(f)
  Other......................           441           (2)         24            57                         520
                               --------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -------------  ----------  -------------
Income before provision for
  income taxes...............        15,948        1,393       2,787         1,113        (1,749)       19,492
Provision for income taxes...         7,113          539         892           141           281(g)      8,966
                               --------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -------------  ----------  -------------
Net income...................    $    8,835    $     854   $   1,895    $      972     $  (2,030)   $   10,526
                               --------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -------------  ----------  -------------
                               --------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -------------  ----------  -------------
Weighted average shares:
  Basic......................       114,758                                                            109,895(h)
  Diluted....................       117,185                                                            109,895(h)
Net income per share:
  Basic......................    $     0.08                                                         $     0.10
  Diluted....................    $     0.08                                                         $     0.10
 
<CAPTION>
                                PRO FORMA
                                COMBINED
                               -----------
<S>                            <C>
Revenues.....................
Cost of revenues.............
                               -----------
    Gross profit.............
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses....
Amortization expense.........
                               -----------
    Operating income.........
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense...........
  Interest income............
  Other......................
                               -----------
Income before provision for
  income taxes...............
Provision for income taxes...
                               -----------
Net income...................
                               -----------
                               -----------
Weighted average shares:
  Basic......................
  Diluted....................
Net income per share:
  Basic......................
  Diluted....................
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                     PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
   
                   FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 25, 1997
    
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              INDIVIDUALLY   INDIVIDUALLY
                                                              INSIGNIFICANT  INSIGNIFICANT
                          SCHOOL         SAX                   FISCAL 1998    FISCAL 1997                               PRO FORMA
                        SPECIALTY,     ARTS &     AMERICAN      PURCHASE       PURCHASE       PRO FORMA                 OFFERING
                           INC.        CRAFTS     ACADEMIC    ACQUISITIONS   ACQUISITIONS    ADJUSTMENTS   SUBTOTAL    ADJUSTMENTS
                      --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  -------------
<S>                   <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>
Revenues............    $  159,977    $  28,717   $  34,024     $  54,706      $  14,820      $            $ 292,244    $
Cost of revenues....       114,380       16,663      24,784        36,510         11,368                     203,705
                      --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  -------------
Gross profit........        45,597       12,054       9,240        18,196          3,452                      88,539
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses..........        33,000        7,504       6,702        13,773          3,312           (124)(c)    64,997
                                                                                                    830(d)
Amortization
  expense...........           396                                                                1,533(e)     1,929
Non-recurring
  acquisition
  costs.............         1,792                                                                             1,792
                      --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  -------------
Operating income....        10,409        4,550       2,538         4,423            140         (2,239)      19,821
Other (income)
  expense:
Interest expense....         3,358          400         641           206            176            754(f)     5,535
Interest income.....          (101)                                   (37)                          138(f)
Other...............          (204)         (27)                       67            (10)                       (174)
                      --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  -------------
Income before
  provision for
  income taxes......         7,356        4,177       1,897         4,187            (26)        (3,131)      14,460
Provision for income
  taxes.............         3,750        1,620                       395            111            775(g)     6,651
                      --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  -------------
Net income..........    $    3,606    $   2,557   $   1,897     $   3,792      $    (137)     $  (3,906)   $   7,809
                      --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  -------------
                      --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  -------------
Weighted average
  shares:
    Basic...........        85,978                                                                           109,895(h)
    Diluted.........        87,824                                                                           109,895(h)
Net income per
  share:
    Basic...........    $     0.04                                                                         $    0.07
    Diluted.........    $     0.04                                                                         $    0.07
 
<CAPTION>
                       PRO FORMA
                       COMBINED
                      -----------
<S>                   <C>
Revenues............   $
Cost of revenues....
                      -----------
Gross profit........
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses..........
Amortization
  expense...........
Non-recurring
  acquisition
  costs.............
                      -----------
Operating income....
Other (income)
  expense:
Interest expense....
Interest income.....
Other...............
                      -----------
Income before
  provision for
  income taxes......
Provision for income
  taxes.............
                      -----------
Net income..........
                      -----------
                      -----------
Weighted average
  shares:
    Basic...........
    Diluted.........
Net income per
  share:
    Basic...........
    Diluted.........
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                     PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 26, 1997
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 INDIVIDUALLY    INDIVIDUALLY
                                                                INSIGNIFICANT   INSIGNIFICANT
                                           SAX                   FISCAL 1998     FISCAL 1997
                           SCHOOL        ARTS &     AMERICAN       PURCHASE        PURCHASE       PRO FORMA
                       SPECIALTY, INC.   CRAFTS     ACADEMIC     ACQUISITIONS    ACQUISITIONS    ADJUSTMENTS     SUBTOTAL
                       ---------------  ---------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------
<S>                    <C>              <C>        <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues.............    $   191,746    $  34,542   $  40,563     $   69,089      $   14,820      $              $ 350,760
Cost of revenues.....        136,577       20,067      29,608         46,776          11,368                       244,396
                       ---------------  ---------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------
    Gross profit.....         55,169       14,475      10,955         22,313           3,452                       106,364
 
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses...........         42,896        9,698       8,102         18,056           3,312            (124)(c)     82,956
                                                                                                       1,016(d)
Amortization
  expense............            566                                                                   1,908(e)      2,474
Non-recurring
  acquisition costs..          1,792                                                                                 1,792
Restructuring costs..            194                                                                                   194
                       ---------------  ---------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------
    Operating
      income.........          9,721        4,777       2,853          4,257             140          (2,800)       18,948
 
Other (income)
  expense:
  Interest expense...          4,197          474         850            234             176           1,369(f)      7,300
  Interest income....                                                    (45)                             45(f)
  Other..............           (196)         (33)                        81             (10)                         (158)
                       ---------------  ---------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------
Income (Loss) before
  provision for
  income taxes.......          5,720        4,336       2,003          3,987             (26)         (4,214)       11,806
Provision for income
  taxes..............         (2,412)       1,664          34            618             111              77(g)         92
                       ---------------  ---------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------
Net (Loss) income....    $     8,132    $   2,672   $   1,969     $    3,369      $     (137)     $   (4,291)    $  11,714
                       ---------------  ---------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------
                       ---------------  ---------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------
Weighted average
  shares outstanding:
    Basic............         90,026                                                                               109,895(h)
    Diluted..........         91,761                                                                               109,895(h)
Net income per share:
    Basic............    $      0.09                                                                             $    0.11
    Diluted..........    $      0.09                                                                             $    0.11
                                                                                                                -----------
                                                                                                                -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                            PRO
                           FORMA           PRO
                          OFFERING        FORMA
                        ADJUSTMENTS     COMBINED
                       --------------  -----------
<S>                    <C>             <C>
Revenues.............    $              $
Cost of revenues.....
                       --------------  -----------
    Gross profit.....
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses...........
Amortization
  expense............
Non-recurring
  acquisition costs..
Restructuring costs..
                       --------------  -----------
    Operating
      income.........
Other (income)
  expense:
  Interest expense...
  Interest income....
  Other..............
                       --------------  -----------
Income (Loss) before
  provision for
  income taxes.......
Provision for income
  taxes..............
                       --------------  -----------
Net (Loss) income....
                       --------------  -----------
                       --------------  -----------
Weighted average
  shares outstanding:
    Basic............
    Diluted..........
Net income per share:
    Basic............
    Diluted..........
</TABLE>
    
 
      See accompanying notes for pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
                    (DOLLARS AND SHARE AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
1. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS
 
   
(a) Adjustment to reflect purchase price adjustments associated with acquisition
    of Education Access for $3,250 of cash provided by U.S. Office Products. The
    portion of the consideration assigned to goodwill ($2,800) in the
    transaction accounted for under the purchase method represents the excess of
    the cost over the fair market value of the net assets acquired. The Company
    amortizes goodwill over a period of 40 years. The recoverability of the
    unamortized goodwill will be assessed on an ongoing basis by comparing
    anticipated undiscounted future cash flows from operations to net book
    value.
    
 
   
(b) Represents the refinancing of the payable to U.S. Office Products with the
    proceeds received from expected borrowings under the revolving credit
    facility.
    
 
2. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME ADJUSTMENTS
 
   
(c) Adjustment to reflect reductions in executive compensation as a result of
    the elimination of certain executive positions and the renegotiations of
    executive compensation agreements resulting from certain acquisitions. The
    Company believes that these reductions are expected to remain in place for
    the foreseeable future and are not reasonably likely to affect the operating
    performance of the Company.
    
 
   
(d) Adjustment to reflect additional corporate overhead during the period prior
    to the formation of the School Division by U.S. Office Products as if the
    division had been formed at May 1, 1996.
    
 
   
(e) Adjustment to reflect the increase in amortization expense relating to
    goodwill recorded in purchase accounting related to the Fiscal 1997 and
    Fiscal 1998 Purchase Acquisitions for the periods prior to the respective
    dates of acquisition. The Company has recorded goodwill amortization in the
    historical financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition
    forward. The goodwill is being amortized over an estimated life of 40 years.
    
 
   
(f)  Adjustment to reflect the increase in interest expense. Interest expense is
    being calculated on the average pro forma debt outstanding during the
    applicable periods at a weighted average interest rate of approximately
    8.0%. The adjustment also reflects a reduction in interest income to zero as
    the Company generally expects to use available cash to repay debt.
    
 
   
(g) Adjustment to calculate the provision for income taxes on the combined pro
    forma results. The difference between the effective tax rate of 46% and the
    statutory tax rate of 35% for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and
    January 24, 1998 relates primarily to state income taxes and non-deductible
    goodwill. The difference between the effective pro forma tax rate and the
    statutory tax rate for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 relates
    primarily to state taxes and nondeductible goodwill, offset by the reversal
    of a $5.3 million deferred tax valuation allowance.
    
 
   
(h) The weighted average shares outstanding used to calculate pro forma earnings
    per share is based upon 109,895 shares of common stock outstanding for the
    periods. This is based upon the most current number of shares of common
    stock of U.S. Office Products outstanding of 133,042, plus 5,000 shares
    expected to be tendered by U.S. Office Products option holders, plus 8,890
    shares related to the conversion of U.S. Office Products debt, less 37,037
    shares expected to be repurchased by U.S. Office Products in the Tender
    Offer, and assumes a distribution ratio of one share of
    
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
          NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
                    (DOLLARS AND SHARE AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
2. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME ADJUSTMENTS (CONTINUED)
    School Specialty Common Stock for each share of U.S. Office Products Common
    Stock. The actual distribution ratio will be determined prior to
    effectiveness of the Distribution, and is expected to be less than one share
    of School Specialty Common Stock for every one share of U.S. Office Products
    Common Stock.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors of
American Academic Suppliers Holding Corporation
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AMERICAN
ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY as of December 31, 1995
and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
shareholders' equity and of cash flows for the years then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of American
Academic Suppliers Holding Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1995
and 1996, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows
for the years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
ALTSCHULER, MELVOIN AND GLASSER LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
February 24, 1997
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION
 
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   ------------------------  --------------
                                                      1995         1996           1997
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
 
<CAPTION>
                                  ASSETS
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash...........................................  $     7,228  $    21,507   $      9,841
  Trade accounts receivable (net of allowance for
    doubtful accounts of $25,000)................    4,525,451    3,656,546     13,476,228
  Inventories (Note 1)...........................    1,805,731    1,599,140      2,398,435
  Other current assets and prepaid expenses......      127,673      173,549        269,234
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                     6,466,083    5,450,742     16,153,738
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
Property, Plant and Equipment (less accumulated
  depreciation--
  Notes 1 and 2).................................    3,081,784    2,949,000      2,845,858
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
Other Assets:
  Excess of cost over the fair value of net
    assets acquired (less accumulated
    amortization of $320,322 $433,022, $509,311,
    respectively-- Note 1).......................    4,187,938    4,075,238      4,030,878
  Deferred financing costs (less accumulated
    amortization of $21,729, $42,729, and $50,965
    respectively--Note 1)........................       40,544       19,544              0
  Deposits.......................................       37,581       64,211              0
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                     4,266,063    4,158,993      4,030,878
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                   $13,813,930  $12,558,735   $ 23,030,474
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
 
                   LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable...............................  $ 1,476,312  $ 1,636,969   $  4,281,450
  Current portion of long-term debt (Note 4).....      168,673        3,135     10,772,516
  Other current liabilities and accrued expenses
    (Notes 3 and 9)..............................    1,968,780      736,374      2,391,544
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                     3,613,765    2,376,478     17,445,510
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
Long-term Liabilities:
  Long-term debt (Note 4)........................    7,712,187    6,407,152              0
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
Shareholders' Equity:
  Common stock, (10,000 shares of $.01 par value
    authorized; 1,209, 1,232 and 1,232 shares
    issued and outstanding at December 31, 1995,
    1996, and September 30, 1997, respectively--
    Note 8)......................................           12           12             12
  Additional paid-in capital.....................    5,528,073    5,648,073      5,648,073
  Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)........   (1,463,356)    (296,229)     1,513,630
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                     4,064,729    5,351,856      7,161,715
  Excess of Purchase Price over Predecessor Basis
    (Note 1).....................................   (1,576,751)  (1,576,751)    (1,576,751)
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                     2,487,978    3,775,105      5,584,964
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                   $13,813,930  $12,558,735   $ 23,030,474
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
                                                   -----------  -----------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                        ------------------------  ------------------------
                                           1995         1996         1996         1997
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net Sales.............................  $38,596,316  $39,290,879  $32,578,366  $38,497,843
Cost of Goods Sold....................   27,050,924   26,667,961   21,985,703   25,916,417
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross Profit..........................   11,545,392   12,622,918   10,592,663   12,581,426
Selling, General and Administrative
  Expenses............................    9,522,851    9,995,206    7,229,895    8,932,382
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from Operations................    2,022,541    2,627,712    3,362,768    3,649,044
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Other Expense:
  Interest............................    1,002,199      856,223      660,753      543,089
  Guarantee fees (Note 4).............      305,384      148,996      148,996            0
  Executive severance (Note 9)........      168,750            0            0            0
  Amortization of intangibles (Note
    1)................................      133,700      133,700      100,275      120,516
  Management fee (Note 8).............      112,000      182,000      121,500      198,000
  Other...............................      104,574      128,908       81,115      126,523
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                          1,826,607    1,449,827    1,112,639      988,128
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before Income Taxes............      195,934    1,177,885    2,250,129    2,660,916
Income Tax Provision--Current.........       26,000       10,758        8,069      851,057
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net Income............................  $   169,934  $ 1,167,127  $ 2,242,060  $ 1,809,859
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
            AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    EXCESS OF
                                                                                     RETAINED       PURCHASE
                                          SHARES                      ADDITIONAL     EARNINGS      PRICE OVER        TOTAL
                                        ISSUED AND                     PAID-IN     (ACCUMULATED    PREDECESSOR   SHAREHOLDERS'
                                        OUTSTANDING      PAR VALUE     CAPITAL       DEFICIT)         BASIS          EQUITY
                                      ---------------  -------------  ----------  --------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
Balances, December 31, 1994.........         1,209       $      12    $5,528,073   $ (1,633,290)   $(1,576,751)   $  2,318,044
Net Income, Year Ended December 31,
  1995..............................                                                    169,934                        169,934
                                             -----             ---    ----------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Balances, December 31, 1995.........         1,209              12     5,528,073     (1,463,356)    (1,576,751)      2,487,978
Issuance of Common Stock (Note 8)...            23                       120,000                                       120,000
Net Income, Year Ended December 31,
  1996..............................                                                  1,167,127                      1,167,127
                                             -----             ---    ----------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Balances, December 31, 1996.........         1,232              12     5,648,073       (296,229)    (1,576,751)      3,775,105
Unaudited data:
Net Income, Nine Months Ended
  September 30, 1997................                                                  1,809,859                      1,809,859
                                             -----             ---    ----------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Balances, September 30, 1997
  (unaudited).......................         1,232       $      12    $5,648,073   $  1,513,630    $(1,576,751)   $  5,584,964
                                             -----             ---    ----------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                             -----             ---    ----------  --------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
       See accompanying notes to pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                          ------------------------  ------------------------
                                             1995         1996         1996         1997
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
  Net income............................  $   169,934  $ 1,167,127  $ 2,242,060  $ 1,809,859
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
    net cash provided by operating
    activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.......      404,222      381,791      281,842      292,031
    Change in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable (net).........      643,826      868,905   (6,575,016)  (9,819,682)
      Inventories.......................      172,680      206,591     (523,208)    (799,296)
      Other assets......................      (56,950)     (72,506)     (95,646)     (89,177)
      Accounts payable..................     (140,915)     160,657    2,010,499    2,643,464
      Other liabilities and accrued
        expenses........................      968,782   (1,232,406)  (1,530,288)   1,652,036
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities............................    2,161,579    1,480,159   (4,189,757)  (4,310,765)
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment...     (197,298)    (115,307)    (108,329)     (67,282)
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
  Repayment of revolving line of credit
    (net)...............................   (1,929,681)  (1,305,935)   4,227,957    5,766,671
  Repayment of term loans and mortgage..      (96,046)    (107,306)     (81,277)  (1,400,290)
  Principal payment on capital lease
    obligation..........................       (1,305)      (3,496)
  Repayment of promissory note payable
    to shareholder......................            0      (53,836)
  Proceeds from sale of common stock....            0      120,000      120,000
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net cash provided by (used in)
    financing activities................   (2,027,032)  (1,350,573)   4,266,680    4,366,381
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash.........      (62,751)      14,279      (31,406)     (11,666)
Cash, Beginning of Year.................       69,979        7,228        7,228       21,507
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Cash, End of Year.......................  $     7,228  $    21,507      (24,178)       9,841
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow
  Information:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest............................  $   977,000  $   864,134  $   660,753  $   543,089
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Income taxes........................  $     4,900  $    11,046  $         0  $    85,000
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash
  Operating, Investing and Financing
  Activities: Acquisition of equipment
  financed through capital lease
  obligation............................  $     8,953  $         0  $         0  $         0
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Conversion of portion of accrued
  guaranteed fees to a note payable
  (Note 4)..............................  $    53,836  $         0  $         0  $         0
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION
 
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1--NATURE OF ACTIVITIES AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    American Academic Suppliers Holding Corporation ("AASHC") and its wholly
owned subsidiary, American Academic Suppliers, Inc. ("AASI") (collectively
referred to as the "Company"), is a direct distributor of school supplies,
supplementary educational materials, furniture, and equipment to educational
institutions, school systems and administrative offices located throughout the
United States. Operations are conducted from owned and leased premises located
in Cary, Illinois and from leased premises located in Mt. Laurel, New Jersey
(Note 7).
 
    On February 28, 1993, AASHC acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
AASI for $8,000,000. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method
of accounting. Since the former shareholders of AASI acquired an equity interest
in AASHC, the purchase price allocation has been adjusted by $1,576,751 to
reflect the excess of the purchase price over the predecessor basis in the net
assets acquired which, under generally accepted accounting principles, may not
be recognized as an asset. Such excess of purchase price over predecessor basis
was recorded as a reduction of the excess of cost over the fair value of net
assets acquired and as a decrease in shareholders' equity as of the date of
acquisition.
 
    The Company primarily sells its products to separate schools or school
systems. As such, the majority of trade accounts receivable relate primarily to
these customers. Management believes that the recorded allowance for doubtful
accounts is adequate to cover potential losses associated with these customers.
 
    In the opinion of management, the Company has made all adjustments
consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation
of the financial condition of the Company as of September 30, 1997 and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended September
30, 1996 and 1997, as presented in the accompanying unaudited interim financial
statements.
 
    In preparing financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
 
    A summary of significant accounting policies is as follows:
 
       PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION--The consolidated financial statements
       include the accounts of AASHC and its wholly owned subsidiary, AASI. All
       intercompany accounts and balances have been eliminated in the
       consolidation.
 
       INVENTORIES--Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with
       cost determined under the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") basis.
 
       DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION--Depreciation of property, plant and
       equipment is computed under both accelerated and straight-line methods
       for financial reporting purposes, based on the estimated useful lives of
       the assets. For income tax reporting purposes, provisions for
       depreciation are computed principally under accelerated methods, as
       permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.
 
       The excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired is being
       amortized under the straight-line method over a period of 40 years.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION
 
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1--NATURE OF ACTIVITIES AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
       Costs incurred in connection with obtaining long-term financing are
       amortized, on a straight-line basis, over the term of the financing
       commitment.
 
       INCOME TAXES--The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions
       of Financial Accounting Standard No. 109. Under this standard, deferred
       tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between
       financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are
       measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when
       the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are
       established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount
       expected to be realized.
 
NOTE 2--PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
 
    Property, plant and equipment, at December 31, 1995 and 1996, stated at
acquisition cost, consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1995        1996
                                                     ----------  ----------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>
Land...............................................  $  415,000  $  415,000
Buildings..........................................   2,333,828   2,335,258
Warehouse equipment................................     603,590     638,976
Office furniture and equipment.....................     249,060     255,613
Computer equipment.................................     173,285     245,223
                                                     ----------  ----------
    Total owned assets.............................   3,774,763   3,890,070
Equipment capitalized under lease obligation.......       8,953       8,953
                                                     ----------  ----------
                                                      3,783,716   3,899,023
Less accumulated depreciation......................    (701,932)   (950,023)
                                                     ----------  ----------
                                                     $3,081,784  $2,949,000
                                                     ----------  ----------
                                                     ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation of property, plant, and equipment, for the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996, amounted to approximately $270,500 and $248,000,
respectively.
 
NOTE 3--OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:
 
    Other current liabilities and accrued expenses, at December 31, 1995 and
1996, consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995       1996
                                                       ----------  ---------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>
Compensation and commissions.........................  $1,037,714  $ 390,037
Guarantor's fee (Note 4).............................     305,383          0
Severance pay (Note 9)...............................     170,442          0
Real estate taxes....................................      77,253     80,385
Interest.............................................      67,971     60,060
Other................................................     310,017    205,892
                                                       ----------  ---------
                                                       $1,968,780  $ 736,374
                                                       ----------  ---------
                                                       ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION
 
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4--LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
    Long-term debt, at December 31, 1995 and 1996, consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1995        1996
                                                                     ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>
Borrowings from Harris Trust and Savings Bank ("Harris") pursuant
  to a Credit Agreement ("Agreement") (see below):
    Revolving credit loan borrowings...............................  $5,787,922  $4,481,987
    Term loan borrowings...........................................     521,422     467,231
Mortgage note payable to Harris Bank Barrington, N.A. (secured by
  real estate occupied by the Company; payable in monthly
  installments, inclusive of interest at prime plus 1 1/2%, of
  $16,600; final maturity on December 16, 1999. Fully paid
  subsequent to year-end)..........................................   1,510,032   1,456,917
Promissory note payable to Pfingsten Executive Fund, L.P. (bearing
  interest at 10% per annum; paid in full during 1996).............      53,836           0
Capitalized lease obligation (payable in monthly installments of
  $291, inclusive of interest at 10%; final maturity June 7,
  1998)............................................................       7,648       4,152
                                                                     ----------  ----------
                                                                      7,880,860   6,410,287
Less current portion...............................................     168,673       3,135
                                                                     ----------  ----------
Long-term portion, due in 1998.....................................  $7,712,187  $6,407,152
                                                                     ----------  ----------
                                                                     ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Harris Agreement provided maximum aggregate
borrowings of $12,077,500. Interest on outstanding borrowings was payable
monthly, at the prime rate (8.25% at December 31, 1996) plus 1%. The Company had
availability under the Agreement of $1,100,000 at December 31, 1996. Pfingsten
Executive Fund, L.P. (the Company's majority shareholder) had guaranteed
$1,500,000 of the borrowings (reduced from $3,000,000 effective December 31,
1995) under the Agreement. Guarantee fees are charged to the Company at 10% per
annum, which amounted to $305,384 and $148,996 for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996. The guarantees were released by Harris on October 31, 1996.
 
    On February 4, 1997, the Agreement with Harris was amended ("Amended
Agreement") to provide maximum aggregate borrowings of $16,800,000 from June 1
through October 31, and $11,800,000 at all other times. Revolving credit loan
borrowings, under the Amended Agreement which expires March 31, 1998, are
limited to a computed "Borrowing Base" amount and bear interest at the Company's
option at the prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.75%. The Amended Agreement requires the
Company to pay .25% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the
Revolving Credit Commitment and to pay a prepayment penalty in certain
situations.
 
    The Amended Agreement contains covenants restricting certain corporate acts,
such as restricting dividend and management fee payments, and requiring the
maintenance of net worth levels and a financial ratio.
 
    Borrowings under the agreement with Harris are secured by all of the
Company's assets.
 
    On February 4, 1997, the Company repaid the mortgage note and term loan from
borrowings under the revolving credit loan.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION
 
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4--LONG-TERM DEBT: (CONTINUED)
    Borrowings under the revolving credit, term loan and mortgage note at
December 31, 1996 have been reported as long-term liabilities at December 31,
1996 as a result of the Amended Agreement and repayment of the mortgage note and
term loan.
 
NOTE 5--INCOME TAXES:
 
    AASHC and its wholly owned subsidiary file a consolidated federal income tax
return.
 
    The primary differences between the statutory and effective tax rates for
1995 and 1996 relate to the use of net operating loss carryforwards not
previously recognized.
 
    Gross deferred income tax assets consist primarily of (a) net operating loss
carryforwards, (b) accrued expenses not paid within two and one-half months
after the end of the Company's year which are deductible for tax reporting
purposes when paid, and (c) uniform capitalization rules (for additional
inventory costs) reflected for tax reporting purposes only. The gross deferred
income tax liability consists of the variation in the book and tax bases of
property, plant and equipment.
 
    At December 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company's net deferred income tax asset
and related valuation allowance consisted of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995       1996
                                                        ---------  ---------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>
Gross deferred tax asset..............................  $ 828,000  $ 262,000
Less valuation allowance..............................    517,000     84,000
                                                        ---------  ---------
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance........    311,000    178,000
Less deferred tax liability...........................    311,000    178,000
                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                        $       0  $       0
                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                        ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The valuation allowance decreased by $112,799 and $433,000 during 1995 and
1996, respectively.
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company has available, as a carryforward to future
years, a federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $560,000,
expiring in 2008 and 2009.
 
NOTE 6--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:
 
    The Company is a participant in a Pfingsten Partners, L.P. master employee
benefit plan. The plan, established under the provisions of Section 401(k) of
the Internal Revenue Code provides, among other things, for the Company to make
discretionary contributions. Such employer contributions to the plan, for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, amounted to $43,427 and $24,534,
respectively.
 
    Certain professionals of Pfingsten Partners, L.P. (Note 8) serve as the
trustees of the plan.
 
NOTE 7--LEASES:
 
    The Company leases an office building and a warehouse under various
operating agreements which expire in 1998. The office building lease is
renewable at the Company's option for 36 additional months with an escalated
monthly payment. Rent expense incurred under these leases, for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996, totalled approximately $253,000 and $251,000,
respectively.
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                AMERICAN ACADEMIC SUPPLIERS HOLDING CORPORATION
 
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7--LEASES: (CONTINUED)
    Future minimum lease payments under the aforementioned operating leases, at
December 31, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
1997.............................................................  $ 258,000
1998.............................................................     73,000
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   $ 331,000
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8--SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
 
    During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company issued 23 shares of
common stock to certain officers for $120,000 in cash.
 
    For the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company incurred
$112,000 and 182,000, respectively, in fees pursuant to a management agreement
with Pfingsten Partners, L.P., which entity is an affiliate of the Company's
majority shareholder, Pfingsten Executive Fund, L.P.
 
    During the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, approximately $15,300 and
$6,900, respectively, in consulting services were paid by Pfingsten Partners,
L.P., on behalf of the Company, and charged to the Company. Additionally, at
December 31, 1995, $12,000 was owed to a shareholder of the Company for services
rendered during 1995.
 
    See Notes 3 and 4 for additional related-party transactions.
 
NOTE 9--SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS:
 
    During December 1995, the Company terminated its employment agreement with
its president and recognized a $168,750 charge to operations to cover the cost
associated with this termination. The related amount owed pertaining to the
aforementioned charge, as well as a 1993 termination, at December 31, 1995, was
$170,442. There were no outstanding amounts at December 31, 1996.
 
NOTE 10--SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED):
 
    Effective December 15, 1997, the Company and its stockholders entered into a
definitive agreement with U.S. Office Products Company ("U.S. Office Products")
pursuant to which U.S. Office Products acquired all outstanding shares of the
Company's common stock in exchange for cash.
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
 
of Sax Arts and Crafts, Inc.
 
    In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and related statements of
operations, of shareholder's equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Sax Arts and Crafts, Inc. at
December 16, 1995 and December 25, 1996, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 25, 1996
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the accounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
 
February 3, 1998
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  DECEMBER 16,    DECEMBER 25,     JUNE 29,
                                                      1995            1996           1997
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
 
<CAPTION>
                                           ASSETS
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
Current assets:
  Cash.........................................   $    102,900    $    114,492    $  109,544
  Accounts receivable--trade, less allowance
    for doubtful accounts of $31,860, $49,860
    and $37,448, respectively..................      4,656,651       4,383,464     4,114,798
  Inventories..................................      5,591,557       5,441,664     7,145,216
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets....        856,943         429,741       747,466
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
    Total current assets.......................     11,208,051      10,369,361    12,117,024
 
Net property, plant and equipment..............      1,034,648         820,827       658,356
Other assets...................................         42,477          26,506        26,506
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
    Total assets...............................   $ 12,285,176    $ 11,216,694    $12,801,886
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
<CAPTION>
 
                            LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable--trade......................   $  4,210,593    $  1,947,833    $3,403,006
  Affiliate payable, net.......................      3,212,473       1,806,645     3,130,496
  Accrued income taxes.........................      1,802,399       1,814,139       401,063
  Other accrued expenses.......................        684,089         806,241       856,057
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
 
    Total current liabilities..................      9,909,554       6,374,858     7,790,622
Deferred income taxes..........................         42,256          16,202        16,202
Other liabilities..............................         69,195          69,197        92,000
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
    Total liabilities..........................     10,021,005       6,460,257     7,898,824
 
Shareholder's equity:
Common stock, $1.00 par value, 1,000 shares
  authorized, issued and outstanding...........          1,000           1,000         1,000
  Capital surplus--additional paid-in
    capital....................................      1,507,597       1,507,597     1,507,597
  Retained earnings............................        755,574       3,247,840     3,394,465
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
    Total shareholder's equity.................      2,264,171       4,756,437     4,903,062
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
    Total liabilities and shareholder's
      equity...................................   $ 12,285,176    $ 11,216,694    $12,801,886
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
                                                 --------------  --------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                          ----------------------------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                       <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
                           DECEMBER 17,    DECEMBER 16,    DECEMBER 25,    JUNE 30,     JUNE 29,
                               1994            1995            1996          1996         1997
                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
 
Net sales...............   $ 29,169,879    $ 33,239,883    $ 34,350,947   $11,125,967  $13,009,456
Cost of sales...........     16,369,453      19,029,918      20,078,806     6,562,838    8,286,522
                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
    Gross profit........     12,800,426      14,209,965      14,272,141     4,563,129    4,722,934
Selling, administrative
  and other expenses....      8,401,463       9,169,667       9,734,256     4,379,178    4,427,608
                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
    Operating earnings..      4,398,963       5,040,298       4,537,885       183,951      295,326
Other income (expense),
  net...................       (510,508)       (545,302)       (476,886)     (222,759)     (52,971)
                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
Earnings before income
  taxes.................      3,888,455       4,494,996       4,060,999       (38,808)     242,355
Income taxes............      1,502,315       1,738,191       1,568,733       (14,351)      95,730
                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
Net earnings (loss).....   $  2,386,140    $  2,756,805    $  2,492,266   $   (24,457) $   146,625
                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-46
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
 
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL                    TOTAL
                               ----------------------   PAID-IN     RETAINED     SHAREHOLDER'S
                                SHARES      AMOUNT      CAPITAL     EARNINGS        EQUITY
                               ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                            <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Balance, December 18, 1993...      1,000   $   1,000   $1,507,597  $   512,629   $   2,021,226
  Dividends..................                                       (2,400,000)     (2,400,000)
  Net income.................                                        2,386,140       2,386,140
                               ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------------
Balance, December 17, 1994...      1,000       1,000    1,507,597      498,769       2,007,366
  Dividends..................                                       (2,500,000)     (2,500,000)
  Net income.................                                        2,756,805       2,756,805
                               ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------------
Balance, December 16, 1995...      1,000       1,000    1,507,597      755,574       2,264,171
  Net income.................                                        2,492,266       2,492,266
                               ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------------
Balance, December 25, 1996...      1,000       1,000    1,507,597    3,247,840       4,756,437
  Net income (unaudited).....                                          146,625         146,625
                               ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------------
Balance, June 29, 1997
  (unaudited)................      1,000   $   1,000   $1,507,597  $ 3,394,465   $   4,903,062
                               ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------------
                               ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-47
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                               ----------------------------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
                                                DECEMBER 17,    DECEMBER 16,    DECEMBER 25,    JUNE 30,     JUNE 29,
                                                    1994            1995            1996          1996         1997
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net earnings (loss)........................   $  2,386,140    $  2,756,805    $  2,492,266   $   (24,457) $   146,625
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings
    (loss) to cash provided by operating
    activities:
      Depreciation and amortization..........        327,489         340,556         371,516       178,529      153,891
      Deferred income taxes..................            599         (30,302)        (26,054)      --           --
      Gain on disposal of fixed assets.......         (5,350)        (21,505)         (6,578)       (6,205)     (23,234)
      Impact on cash flow from changes in
        working capital:
          Accounts receivable................       (185,934)       (734,239)        273,187     1,403,353      268,666
          Inventory..........................       (659,936)            144         149,893    (2,287,194)  (1,703,552)
          Other current assets...............       (632,521)        (56,442)        427,202      (109,614)    (317,726)
          Accounts payable...................        155,519       2,590,011      (2,262,760)   (2,172,326)   1,455,174
          Affiliates payable.................        942,481      (2,521,286)     (1,405,828)    2,927,060    1,323,851
          Accrued expenses...................       (212,673)        656,493         133,894        27,125   (1,340,457)
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
              Net cash provided by (used in)
                operating activities.........      2,115,814       2,980,235         146,738       (63,729)     (36,762)
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchased property, plant and equipment....       (196,752)       (473,305)       (157,695)       (9,789)     (27,006)
  Proceeds from sales of assets..............          5,350          21,505           6,578        11,450       58,820
  Increase in other assets...................        --              --               15,971        15,971      --
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
              Net cash provided by (used in)
                investing activities.........       (191,402)       (451,800)       (135,146)       17,632       31,814
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Dividend payment...........................     (2,400,000)     (2,500,000)        --            --           --
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
              Net cash provided by (used in)
                financing activities.........     (2,400,000)     (2,500,000)        --            --           --
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash..............       (475,588)         28,435          11,592       (46,097)      (4,948)
Cash at beginning of period..................        550,053          74,465         102,900       102,900      114,492
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
Cash at end of period........................   $     74,465    $    102,900    $    114,492   $    56,803  $   109,544
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
  information:
    Cash paid for interest...................   $     91,585    $        390    $    --        $   --       $        23
    Cash paid for taxes......................   $  1,540,000    $  1,480,000    $  1,780,000   $   141,000  $    95,000
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-48
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS
 
    Sax Arts and Crafts, Inc. (the "Company") is a national mail order
distributor of art and craft supplies to schools and educational institutions.
Sax Arts and Crafts, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Day-Timers, Inc. (the
"Parent"). The Parent is owned by ACCO World Corporation ("ACCO"), which is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Fortune Brands International ("Fortune Brands"). On
June 30, 1997, the Company and its shareholder entered into a definitive
agreement with U.S. Office Products Company ("U.S. Office Products") pursuant to
which the Company was acquired by U.S. Office Products. All outstanding shares
of the Company were exchanged for cash.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
FISCAL YEAR
 
    The Company's fiscal year ends on the third Saturday in December. Fiscal
year 1994 ended on December 17, 1994 and fiscal year 1995 ended on December 16,
1995. In 1996, the Company's fiscal year end was changed to December 25, 1996 in
order to comply with the closing date of the Parent. As a result, fiscal 1996
has 53 weeks.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    In the opinion of management, the Company has made all adjustments
consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation
of the financial condition of the Company as of June 29, 1997 and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and
June 29, 1997, as presented in the accompanying unaudited interim financial
statements.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    The Company recognizes revenue upon shipment of the product as obligations
subsequent to delivery are not significant.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a
concentration of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. The
Company provides products to a wide range of customers who primarily operate in
the education sector. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any undue
concentration of credit risk based on the strong credit history of the Company's
customer base.
 
                                      F-49
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company is part of a consolidated tax group with its Parent. For
purposes of these financial statements, income taxes have been provided as if
the Company filed a separate tax return. Income taxes are calculated in
accordance with the liability method of accounting for income taxes as provided
by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes." Deferred taxes are provided on temporary differences between book and
tax basis of assets and liabilities which will have a future impact on taxable
income.
 
3. INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are recorded at cost (not in excess of market value) as
determined by the weighted average cost method. Inventories are comprised as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 16,    DECEMBER 25,
                                                                   1995            1996
                                                              --------------  --------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Finished goods..............................................   $  5,647,290    $  5,493,859
Less--Reserves..............................................         55,733          52,195
                                                              --------------  --------------
    Total inventory.........................................   $  5,591,557    $  5,441,664
                                                              --------------  --------------
                                                              --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    The major classes are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 16,    DECEMBER 25,
                                                                   1995            1996
                                                              --------------  --------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Buildings and improvements..................................   $    129,302    $    120,045
Automobiles.................................................        251,382         245,403
Machinery and equipment.....................................      1,463,156       1,482,480
Computer hardware and software..............................        806,755         982,415
Construction in progress....................................        157,534          58,544
                                                              --------------  --------------
    Total cost..............................................      2,808,129       2,888,887
Less--Accumulated depreciation..............................     (1,773,481)     (2,068,060)
                                                              --------------  --------------
Net property, plant and equipment...........................   $  1,034,648    $    820,827
                                                              --------------  --------------
                                                              --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation is generally computed on a straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets including assets acquired by capital
leases. Accelerated depreciation is used for income tax purposes where
permitted. Depreciation expense recorded for the years ended December 17, 1994,
December 16, 1995 and December 25, 1996 was $327,489, $340,556 and $371,516,
respectively.
 
                                      F-50
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. INCOME TAXES
 
    The income tax provision consists of the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 17,    DECEMBER 16,    DECEMBER 25,
                                                    1994            1995            1996
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>
Current portion:
  Federal....................................   $  1,292,616    $  1,522,247    $  1,372,728
  State......................................        209,100         246,246         222,059
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                   1,501,716       1,768,493       1,594,787
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
Deferred portion:
  Federal....................................            516         (26,083)        (22,426)
  State......................................             83          (4,219)         (3,628)
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                         599         (30,302)        (26,054)
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
Income tax provision.........................   $  1,502,315    $  1,738,191    $  1,568,733
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 16,    DECEMBER 25,
                                                                   1995            1996
                                                              --------------  --------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Accruals....................................................    $   58,944      $   64,186
Asset reserves..............................................        12,585          19,693
Inventories.................................................        17,370          15,610
Pension.....................................................        41,828          39,066
                                                              --------------  --------------
    Gross deferred tax assets...............................       130,727         138,555
Depreciation................................................      (172,983)       (154,757)
                                                              --------------  --------------
    Gross deferred tax liabilities..........................      (172,983)       (154,757)
                                                              --------------  --------------
    Net deferred tax liability..............................    $  (42,256)     $  (16,202)
                                                              --------------  --------------
                                                              --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    The effective rate for income taxes differs from the statutory rate as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DECEMBER 17,       DECEMBER 16,       DECEMBER 25,
                                                     1994               1995               1996
                                               -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                            <C>                <C>                <C>
U.S. federal statutory tax rate..............           34.0%              34.0%              34.0%
Non-deductible expenses......................            0.1                0.2                0.1
State income taxes, net of federal benefit...            5.5                5.5                5.5
Other........................................           (1.0)              (1.0)              (1.0)
                                                         ---                ---                ---
                                                        38.6%              38.7%              38.6%
                                                         ---                ---                ---
                                                         ---                ---                ---
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-51
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    The affiliates payable component on the balance sheet represents the net
balance payable to the Parent and its affiliates. Interest is charged to the
Company on the outstanding balance. An analysis of the activity in this account
is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 17,    DECEMBER 16,    DECEMBER 25,
                                                    1994            1995            1996
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance at beginning of period...............   $ (4,791,279)   $ (5,733,759)   $ (3,212,473)
Cost allocations and direct charges from
  Parent.....................................        (59,981)        (24,414)        (73,569)
Interest charged by Parent...................       (421,370)       (602,674)       (528,324)
Intercompany sales...........................        --              273,106         471,794
Cash transfers...............................       (461,129)      2,875,268       1,535,927
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
Balance at end of period.....................   $ (5,733,759)   $ (3,212,473)   $ (1,806,645)
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has the following affiliated receivables and payables:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 16,    DECEMBER 25,
                                                                   1995            1996
                                                              --------------  --------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Receivable from:
  Day-Timers Canada.........................................   $     11,054    $    186,581
  Fortune Brands............................................        --              648,932
                                                              --------------  --------------
    Total...................................................   $     11,054    $    835,513
                                                              --------------  --------------
                                                              --------------  --------------
Payable to:
  ACCO......................................................   $ (2,089,941)   $ (2,618,265)
  Parent....................................................        (21,202)        (23,893)
  Fortune Brands............................................     (1,112,384)        --
                                                              --------------  --------------
    Total...................................................   $ (3,223,527)   $ (2,642,158)
                                                              --------------  --------------
                                                              --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Services provided to the Company by the Parent and its affiliates include
expenses incurred and paid by the Parent on the Company's behalf and charges for
accounting and payroll functions provided by the Parent. The primary components
of cost allocations and direct charges from the Parent and affiliates are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 17,    DECEMBER 16,     DECEMBER 25,
                                                    1994            1995             1996
                                               --------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>              <C>
Payroll and accounting function..............                                      $  38,950
Employee benefits............................    $   34,922
Insurance....................................        21,009       $  21,202           29,222
Bank charges.................................         4,050           3,212            5,397
                                               --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                 $   59,981       $  24,414        $  73,569
                                               --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                               --------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-52
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7. LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 25,
FISCAL YEAR                                                     1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                                        <C>
1997.....................................................   $    506,847
1998.....................................................        417,091
1999.....................................................        334,447
2000.....................................................        319,545
2001 and thereafter......................................        399,431
                                                           --------------
  Total minimum lease payments...........................   $  1,977,361
                                                           --------------
                                                           --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Rental expense for all operating leases charged against earnings amounted to
$553,198, $546,603 and $559,830 for the years ended December 17, 1994, December
16, 1995 and December 25, 1996, respectively.
 
8. RETIREMENT PLAN
 
    Nonunion employees of the Company participate in a noncontributory defined
benefit plan established by the Parent. Benefits for the plan are based
primarily on years of service and employees' average monthly earnings. The
Parent's funding policy is consistent with the funding requirements of federal
law and regulations. Plan assets consist principally of listed equity
securities. Participants are fully vested in the plan after completing five
years of service.
 
    As of the most recent actuarial valuation, the total pension costs for the
Parent for the year ended December 25, 1996 consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                TOTAL
                                                               PARENT'S
                                                                 PLAN
                                                              ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
Service cost--benefits earned during the period.............  $1,479,787
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation...............   1,640,620
Expected return on plan assets..............................  (1,783,635)
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost.............      (6,752)
All other cost components...................................      40,302
                                                              ----------
Net pension costs...........................................  $1,370,322
                                                              ----------
                                                              ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The net pension costs of the plan for the years ended December 17, 1994,
December 16, 1995 and December 25, 1996 allocated to the Company by the Parent
were $86,000, $94,000 and $108,000, respectively.
 
                                      F-53
<PAGE>
                           SAX ARTS AND CRAFTS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8. RETIREMENT PLAN (CONTINUED)
    As of the most recent actuarial valuation, the funded status of the plan for
the Parent as of December 25, 1996 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                TOTAL
                                                              PARENT'S
                                                                PLAN
                                                             -----------
<S>                                                          <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Vested benefits..........................................  $17,629,613
  Non-vested benefit.......................................    1,458,142
                                                             -----------
Accumulated benefit obligation.............................   19,087,755
Effect of projected future compensation increases..........    5,300,546
                                                             -----------
Projected benefit obligation...............................   24,388,301
Plan assets at fair value..................................   22,052,322
                                                             -----------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets......   (2,335,979)
Unrecognized prior service cost............................      (32,672)
Unrecognized net gain......................................      (60,338)
                                                             -----------
Accrued pension costs......................................  $(2,428,989)
                                                             -----------
                                                             -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The accrued pension costs at December 16, 1995 and December 31, 1996
attributed to the Company were $183,000 and $177,000, respectively.
 
    Upon being acquired by U.S. Office Products, the plan was terminated for the
Company's plan participants and the net assets will be distributed for their
benefit.
 
9. OTHER POSTRETIREMENT PLAN
 
    The Parent provides health care and life insurance benefits for eligible
retired employees and their eligible dependents. The cost of these benefits was
determined by application of actuarial assumptions and healthcare trend rates.
Based on the actuarial valuations performed for the years ended December 17,
1994, December 16, 1995 and December 25, 1996, the total net periodic
postretirement costs (benefit) allocated by the Parent to the Company were
$10,000, $2,000 and $(1,000), respectively.
 
    The accrued other postretirement costs as of the years ended December 16,
1995 and December 25, 1996 attributed to the Company were $141,000 and $129,000,
respectively.
 
    Upon being acquired by U.S. Office Products, the plan was terminated for the
Company's plan participants and the net assets will be distributed for their
benefit.
 
                                      F-54
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Company has agreed to sell to each of the Underwriters named below, and each of
such Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase from the Company the
respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NUMBER OF
                                                                                              SHARES OF
                                                                                               COMMON
                                       UNDERWRITERS                                             STOCK
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co........................................................................
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC......................................................
Smith Barney Inc...........................................................................
Piper Jaffray Inc..........................................................................
                                                                                             -----------
    Total..................................................................................
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                             -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Under the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares offered hereby,
if any are taken.
 
    The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock in part
directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus and in part to certain securities dealers at such
price less a concession of $   per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such
dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $   per share to certain
brokers and dealers. After the shares of Common Stock are released for sale to
the public, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be
varied by the Underwriters.
 
    The Company has granted the Underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days
after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to an aggregate of
additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If
the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the Underwriters have
severally agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the
same percentage thereof that the number of shares to be purchased by each of
them, as shown in the foregoing table, bears to the          shares of Common
Stock offered.
 
    The Company and certain of its directors and executive officers have agreed
that, during the period beginning from the date of this Prospectus and
continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of this Prospectus,
it will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities
of the Company (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing, or
on the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities
outstanding, on the date of this Prospectus) which are substantially similar to
the shares of Common Stock of which are convertible into or exchangeable for
securities which are substantially similar to the shares of Common Stock without
the prior written consent of the Underwriters, except for the shares of Common
Stock offered in connection with the offering.
 
   
    More than 10% of the net proceeds of the Offering are expected to be paid to
NationsBank, N.A., an affiliate of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, one of
the Underwriters. Accordingly, this Offering is being conducted pursuant to the
requirements of Rules 2710(c)(8) and 2720(c)(3) of the Conduct Rules of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., which provide that the initial
public offering price can be no higher than that recommended by a "qualified
independent underwriter" meeting certain standards. In accordance with this
requirement, Goldman, Sachs & Co. has served in such role and has recommended a
price in compliance with the requirements of Rule 2720(c)(3). Goldman, Sachs &
Co. will receive compensation from the Company in the amount of $10,000 for
serving in such role. In connection with the Offering, Goldman, Sachs & Co. in
its role as qualified independent underwriter has performed due diligence
investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of this
Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
    
 
                                      U-1
<PAGE>
    The Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not expect sales to
accounts over which the Underwriters exercise discretionary authority to exceed
five percent of the total number of shares of Common Stock offered by them.
 
    In connection with the offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell the
Common Stock in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment
and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover short positions created by
the Underwriters in connection with the offering. Stabilizing transactions
consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the Common Stock; and short positions created
by the Underwriters involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of
shares of Common Stock than they are required to purchase from the Company in
the Offering. The Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling
concessions allowed to broker-dealers in respect of the securities sold in the
Offering may be reclaimed by the Underwriters if such securities are repurchased
by the Underwriters in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities
may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common
Stock, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the
open market; and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any
time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market, in the
over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The
initial public offering price will be negotiated among the Company and the
Underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial
public offering price of the Common Stock, in addition to prevailing market
conditions, will be the Company's historical performance, estimates of the
business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the
Company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to
market valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
   
    In addition to the         shares of Common Stock offered by the
Underwriters, School Specialty is selling         shares of Common Stock
directly to David P. Spalding, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, David J.
Vander Zanden, President and Chief Operating Officer of School Specialty and
Donald Ray Pate, the Executive Vice President for Re-Print. The Underwriters
will not participate in, or receive any discount or commission on, the sale of
such shares being sold by School Specialty directly.
    
 
   
    The Common Stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "ABCZ".
    
 
    The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
                                      U-2
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO
WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SUCH
SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Summary........................................           1
Risk Factors...................................           6
The Spin-Off From U.S. Office Products.........          13
Use of Proceeds................................          17
Dividend Policy................................          18
Dilution.......................................          18
Capitalization.................................          19
Selected Financial Data........................          20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................          23
Industry Overview..............................          31
Business.......................................          32
Management.....................................          39
Certain Transactions...........................          47
Principal Stockholders.........................          48
Description of School Specialty Capital
  Stock........................................          49
Experts........................................          53
Validity of Shares.............................          53
Additional Information.........................          53
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
Underwriting...................................         U-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
    THROUGH AND INCLUDING             , 1998 (THE 25TH DAY AFTER THE DATE OF
THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                        SHARES
 
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                          (PAR VALUE $.001 PER SHARE)
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
                     NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
 
                              SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
 
                               PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The following table sets forth the fees and expenses payable by School
Specialty in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities.
All of such expenses except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration
fee are estimated:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
SEC Registration..........................................................  $  14,750
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Filing Fee...............  $   5,500
Nasdaq Listing Fee........................................................  $   *
Transfer Agents Fees and Expenses.........................................  $   *
Legal Fees and Expenses...................................................  $   *
Accounting Fees and Expenses..............................................  $   *
Printing Fees and Expenses................................................  $   *
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses................................................  $   *
Miscellaneous.............................................................  $   *
                                                                            ---------
    Total.................................................................  $   *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
* To be supplied by amendment.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Article Nine of School Specialty's Certificate of Incorporation provides
that School Specialty shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
    Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits
a corporation, under specified circumstances, to indemnify its directors,
officers, employees or agents against expenses (including attorney's fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably
incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by
third parties by reason of the fact that they were or are directors, officers,
employees or agents of the corporation, if such directors, officers, employees
or agents acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reason to believe their conduct was
unlawful. In a derivative action, i.e., one by or in the right of the
corporation, indemnification may be made only for expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by directors, officers, employees or agents in connection
with the defense or settlement of an action or suit, and only with respect to a
matter as to which they shall have acted in good faith and in a manner they
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made if such person shall
have been adjudged liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that
the court in which the action or suit was brought shall determine upon
application that the defendant directors, officers, employees or agents are
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such
adjudication of liability.
 
    Article Eight of School Specialty's Certificate of Incorporation states that
directors of School Specialty will not be liable to School Specialty or its
stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to School Specialty or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, which makes directors liable for unlawful dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    Article IV of School Specialty's Bylaws provides that School Specialty shall
indemnify its officers and directors (and those serving at the request of School
Specialty as an officer or director of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise), and may indemnify its employees and agents
(and those serving at the request of School Specialty as an employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise),
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred, if such officer, director,
employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of School Specialty, and, with respect
to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, indemnification shall be limited
to expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such
officer, director, employee or agent in the defense or settlement of such action
or suit, and no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to School
Specialty unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or
the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other
court shall deem proper.
 
    Unless the Board of Directors of School Specialty otherwise determines in a
specific case, expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil
or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by School Specialty in
advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt
of an undertaking by or on behalf of the officer or director to repay such
amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be
indemnified by School Specialty.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    None.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    See index to exhibits.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing or closings specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates
in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the
Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
    of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or 497(b) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
    prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore,
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in New
York, New York, on May 4, 1998.
    
 
                                SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                                By:            /s/ DANIEL P. SPALDING
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                              Name: Daniel P. Spalding
                                           Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
          SIGNATURE                      CAPACITY                   DATE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------
 
    /s/ DANIEL P. SPALDING      Chief Executive Officer            5/4/98
- ------------------------------    (Principal Executive
      Daniel P. Spalding          Officer); Director
 
   /s/ DONALD J. NOSKOWIAK      Chief Financial Officer            5/4/98
- ------------------------------    (Principal Financial and
     Donald J. Noskowiak          Accounting Officer)
 
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT                                       DESCRIPTION
- ---------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
 
   1.1***  Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
   3.1***  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
 
   3.2***  Bylaws
 
   4.1***  Form of certificate representing shares of Common Stock
 
     5***  Opinion of Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering as to legality of securities being offered
 
8***       Tax opinion of Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering
 
  10.1***  Form of Distribution Agreement among U.S. Office Products Company, Workflow
           Management, Inc., Aztec Technology Partners Inc., Navigant International Inc., and
           School Specialty, Inc.
 
  10.2***  Form of Tax Allocation Agreement among U.S. Office Products Company, Workflow
           Management, Inc., Aztec Technology Partners, Inc., Navigant International, Inc.,
           and School Specialty, Inc.
 
  10.3***  Tax Indemnification Agreement among Workflow Management, Inc., Aztec Technology
           Partners, Inc., Navigant International, Inc., and School Specialty, Inc.
 
  10.4***  Employee Benefits Agreement among Workflow Management, Inc., Aztec Technology
           Partners, Inc., Navigant International, Inc., and School Specialty, Inc.
 
  10.5+    Employment Agreement dated April 29, 1996, between Daniel P. Spalding and School
           Specialty, Inc.
 
  10.6+    Employment Agreement dated July 26, 1996, between Donald Ray Pate, Jr. and The Re-
           Print Corp.
 
  10.7+    Employment Agreement dated June 27, 1997, between Richard H. Nagel and Sax Arts &
           Crafts, Inc.
 
    21***  Subsidiaries of Registrant
 
  23.1***  Consent of Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering contained in Exhibits 5 and 8 hereto
 
  23.2*    Consent of Price Waterhouse, LLP
 
  23.3*    Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP
 
  23.4*    Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
 
  23.5*    Consent of Altschuler, Melvoin and Glasser LLP
 
  23.6*    Consent of Price Waterhouse, LLP
 
  23.7**   Consent of David J. Vander Zanden to be named as director
 
  23.8**   Consent of Jonathan J. Ledecky to be named as director
 
  23.9**   Consent of Leo C. McKenna to be named as director
 
  23.10**  Consent of Rochelle Lamm Wallach to be named as director
 
  27.*     Financial data schedule
 
  99.1*    Valuation and qualifying accounts and reserves.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
 *  Filed herewith.
    
 
   
 ** Previously filed.
    
 
   
*** To be filed by amendment.
    
 
   
+   Incorporated by reference herein from School Specialty's Registration
    Statement on Form S-1 initially filed with the Securities and Exchange
    Commission on February 19, 1998 (File No. 333-46359).
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated January 13, 1998,
relating to the financial statements of School Specialty, Inc., as of April 30,
1996 and April 26, 1997 and for the four months ended April 30, 1996 and for the
fiscal year ended April 26, 1997, which appears in such Prospectus. We also
consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Minneapolis, MN
 
   
May 6, 1998
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
 
               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
    We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated February 2, 1996, with respect to the financial
statements of School Specialty, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1994 included in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus
of School Specialty, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
 
   
May 6, 1998
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement of School Specialty, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated
February 8, 1996, relating to the financial statements of The Re-Print
Corporation, which report appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to the
references to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
 
BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
 
   
Atlanta, Georgia
    
 
   
May 6, 1998
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.5
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
 
   
    We hereby consent to the use in this Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 as amended of our report dated February 24,
1997, relating to the consolidated financial statements of American Academic
Suppliers Holding Corporation and Subsidiary, which appears in such Prospectus.
We also consent to the references to us under the heading "Experts".
    
 
                                          ALTSCHULER, MELVOIN AND GLASSER LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
 
   
May 6, 1998
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.6
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 3, 1998,
relating to the financial statements of Sax Arts and Crafts, Inc. as of December
15, 1995 and December 25, 1996 and for each of the three years in the period
ended December 25, 1996 which appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to the
reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
   
Minneapolis, MN
May 6, 1998
    

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the audited
consolidated financial statements of the Company included in the Registration
Statment on Form S-1 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          APR-26-1997
<PERIOD-START>                              MAY-1-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               APR-26-1997
<CASH>                                               0
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   17,703
<ALLOWANCES>                                     (471)
<INVENTORY>                                     24,461
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                52,024
<PP&E>                                          14,478
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  87,685
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           38,405
<BONDS>                                         32,144
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                      17,136
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    87,685
<SALES>                                        191,746
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               191,746
<CGS>                                          136,577
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  136,577
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                45,448
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               2,550
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  7,367
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (1,572)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              8,939
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     8,939
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0<F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
<FN>
<F1>EPS has not been presented as such amounts are not deemed meaningful due to the
significant change in the Company's capital structure that will occur upon the
consummation of the Distribution.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1
    
 
                             SCHOOL SPECIALTY, INC.
 
                 VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
 
   
     FOR THE TWO YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995, THE FOUR MONTHS ENDED
            APRIL 30, 1996 AND THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 26, 1997
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            BALANCE AT    CHARGED TO   CHARGED TO                                         BALANCE
                                            BEGINNING     COSTS AND       OTHER                                          AT END OF
DESCRIPTION                   DATE          OF PERIOD      EXPENSES     ACCOUNTS    DEDUCTIONS           DATE              PERIOD
- ----------------------  -----------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ---------------------  ------------
<S>                     <C>                <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>                    <C>
Allowance for doubtful  January 1, 1994    $    137,000  $    121,000   $            $ (19,000)(a) December 31, 1994    $    239,000
  accounts............  January 1, 1995         239,000        (2,000)    243,000(b)     30,000(a) December 31, 1995         211,000
                        January 1, 1996         211,000        10,000                  (19,000)(a) April 30, 1996            202,000
                        May 1, 1996             202,000        27,000                   (1,000)(a) April 26, 1997            471,000
Accumulated             January 1, 1994       1,540,000       757,000                 (781,000)(c) December 31, 1994       2,297,000
  amortization of       January 1, 1995       2,297,000     1,098,000                  (59,000)(c) December 31, 1995       2,614,000
  intangibles.........  January 1, 1996       2,614,000       203,000                            April 30, 1996            2,817,000
                        May 1, 1996           2,817,000       566,000                            April 26, 1997            3,324,000
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) Represents (write-offs)/recoveries of uncollectible accounts receivable.
 
(b) Allowance for doubtful accounts acquired in purchase acquisitions.
 
(c) Represents (write-offs)/recoveries of fully amortized intangible assets.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission